1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
41 #include "filenames.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
62 #include "xml-syscall.h"
63 #include "parser-defs.h"
64 #include "gdb_regex.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "extension.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
170 struct bp_location *loc2);
172 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
173 struct address_space *aspace,
176 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
180 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
181 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
183 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
185 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
187 static void commands_command (char *, int);
189 static void condition_command (char *, int);
198 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
201 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
203 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
205 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
207 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
211 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
213 int *other_type_used);
215 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
219 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
222 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
232 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
239 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
241 static void update_global_location_list (int);
243 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
245 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
247 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
249 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
251 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
253 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
257 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
261 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
263 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
265 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
267 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
270 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
272 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
274 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
277 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
278 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
279 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
284 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
287 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
290 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
292 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
297 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
303 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
304 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint *b;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675 result->commands = commands;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
730 struct breakpoint *b;
733 if (b->number == num)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
747 struct bp_location *loc;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
873 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
929 struct bp_location *loc;
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
949 const char *arg = exp;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
960 innermost_block = NULL;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
969 struct bp_location *loc;
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
991 const char *text, const char *word)
995 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
996 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1018 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1020 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1035 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1037 struct breakpoint *b;
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1045 bnum = get_number (&p);
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1050 if (b->number == bnum)
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1053 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1054 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1055 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1056 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1058 if (extlang != NULL)
1060 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1061 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1062 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1064 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1066 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1067 update_global_location_list (1);
1072 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1075 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1076 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1077 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1080 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1082 struct command_line *c;
1084 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1088 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1089 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1090 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1092 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1095 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1096 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1097 command directly. */
1098 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1099 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1102 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1106 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1109 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1111 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1112 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1113 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1117 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1119 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1122 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1123 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1127 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1128 struct command_line *commands)
1130 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1132 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1133 struct command_line *c;
1134 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1136 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1137 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1141 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1142 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1143 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1144 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1145 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1146 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1147 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1148 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1149 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1150 tracepoint's context. */
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1169 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1173 struct command_line *c2;
1175 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1176 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1177 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1179 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1180 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1186 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1190 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1191 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1194 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1196 struct breakpoint *b;
1197 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1198 struct bp_location *loc;
1201 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1203 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1204 if (loc->address == addr)
1205 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1211 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1212 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1215 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1216 struct command_line *commands)
1218 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1220 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1221 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1222 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1225 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1226 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1230 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1232 int old_silent = b->silent;
1235 if (old_silent != silent)
1236 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1239 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1240 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1243 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1245 int old_thread = b->thread;
1248 if (old_thread != thread)
1249 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1252 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1253 breakpoint work for any task. */
1256 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1258 int old_task = b->task;
1261 if (old_task != task)
1262 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1266 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1268 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1270 validate_actionline (line, b);
1273 /* A structure used to pass information through
1274 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1276 struct commands_info
1278 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1281 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1284 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1285 already-parsed command. */
1286 struct command_line *control;
1288 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1290 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1293 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1294 commands_command. */
1297 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1299 struct commands_info *info = data;
1301 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1303 struct command_line *l;
1305 if (info->control != NULL)
1306 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1309 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1312 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1313 "%s, one per line."),
1316 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1318 l = read_command_lines (str,
1321 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1324 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1327 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1330 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1332 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1334 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1335 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1336 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1337 b->commands = info->cmd;
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1344 struct command_line *control)
1346 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1347 struct commands_info info;
1349 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1350 info.control = control;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1356 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1358 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1361 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1362 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1374 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1377 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1383 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1390 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1392 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1403 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1404 return simple_control;
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1412 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1416 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1423 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1426 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1427 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1428 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1431 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1432 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1433 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1434 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1435 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1437 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1438 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1442 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1443 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1445 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1449 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1451 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1452 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1454 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1456 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1461 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1463 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1468 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1469 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1471 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1472 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1473 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1477 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1479 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1480 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1483 if (readbuf != NULL)
1485 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1486 shadow_contents buffer. */
1487 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1488 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1489 + target_info->shadow_len));
1491 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1493 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1494 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1498 const unsigned char *bp;
1499 CORE_ADDR placed_address = target_info->placed_address;
1500 int placed_size = target_info->placed_size;
1502 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1503 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1504 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1506 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1508 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1510 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1511 breakpoint's INSN. */
1512 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1516 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1517 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1519 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1520 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1521 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1523 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1524 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1525 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1526 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1527 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1528 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1529 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1530 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1532 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1535 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1536 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1537 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1539 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1541 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1544 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1545 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1546 report higher one. */
1549 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1550 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1552 struct bp_location *bl;
1554 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1555 bl = bp_location[bc];
1557 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1558 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1559 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1560 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1562 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1563 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1564 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1566 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1568 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1575 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1576 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1577 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1578 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1579 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1582 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1584 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1585 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1586 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1589 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1592 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1594 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1596 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1597 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1601 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1602 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1603 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1606 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1609 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1610 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1611 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1614 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1617 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1618 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1621 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1622 bp_location array. */
1623 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1625 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1629 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1631 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1632 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1639 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1643 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1645 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1646 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1647 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1650 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1653 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1655 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1656 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1657 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1664 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1666 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1667 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1670 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1671 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1672 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1673 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1674 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1675 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1676 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1677 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1680 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1682 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1683 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1684 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1685 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1688 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1689 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1692 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1694 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1696 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1698 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1699 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1700 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1701 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1702 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1704 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1707 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1708 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1709 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1710 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1712 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1714 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1715 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1718 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1719 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1720 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1721 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1722 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1723 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1724 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1725 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1727 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1728 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1729 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1730 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1731 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1732 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1733 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1734 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1737 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1738 hardware watchpoints:
1740 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1741 called several times when GDB stops.
1744 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1745 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1746 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1747 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1748 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1749 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1750 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1751 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1752 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1753 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1754 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1756 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1757 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1760 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1762 int within_current_scope;
1763 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1766 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1767 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1768 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1769 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1772 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1777 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1778 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1779 within_current_scope = 1;
1782 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1783 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1784 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1786 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1787 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1788 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1789 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1792 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1793 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1794 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1795 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1798 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1800 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1801 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1802 if (within_current_scope)
1806 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1807 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1808 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1811 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1820 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1821 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1822 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1823 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1824 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1825 be completely different objects. */
1826 value_free (b->val);
1830 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1831 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1832 locations (re)created below. */
1833 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1835 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1837 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1841 s = b->base.cond_string;
1842 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1846 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1847 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1848 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1849 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1850 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1851 if (!target_has_execution)
1853 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1854 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1855 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1856 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1858 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1859 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1861 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1862 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1865 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1868 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1869 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1871 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1873 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1874 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1875 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1876 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1877 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1879 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1885 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1887 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1888 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1890 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1891 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1892 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1893 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1894 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1895 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1896 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1898 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1900 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1901 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1902 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1904 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1905 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1909 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1911 addr = value_address (v);
1913 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1915 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1918 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1919 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1922 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1924 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1925 loc->address = addr;
1926 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1927 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1932 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1933 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1934 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1939 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1940 struct bp_location *bl;
1942 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1946 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1949 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1950 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1951 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1953 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1954 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1955 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1956 this watchpoint in as well. */
1958 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1959 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1960 hardware watchpoint type. */
1961 type = b->base.type;
1962 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1963 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1965 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1966 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1967 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1968 through watch_command), so always account for it
1971 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1972 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1974 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1975 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1978 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1979 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1981 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1983 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1984 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1985 "hardware watchpoint."));
1986 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1987 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1988 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1990 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1991 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1995 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1996 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1997 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1999 b->base.type = type;
2002 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2004 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2005 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2006 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2008 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2009 "read/access watchpoint."));
2012 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2014 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2015 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2016 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2017 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2020 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2022 next = value_next (v);
2027 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2028 above left it without any location set up. But,
2029 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2030 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2031 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2033 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2034 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2035 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2036 base->loc->address = -1;
2037 base->loc->length = -1;
2038 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2041 else if (!within_current_scope)
2043 printf_filtered (_("\
2044 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2045 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2047 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2050 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2052 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2056 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2057 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2058 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2059 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2060 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2062 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2064 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2067 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2070 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2073 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2076 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2077 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2078 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2079 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2080 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2081 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2082 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2083 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2084 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2087 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2089 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2090 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2091 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2098 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2099 that the location is not duplicated. */
2102 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2105 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2108 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2109 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2113 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2114 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2115 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2116 any error during parsing. */
2118 static struct agent_expr *
2119 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2121 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2122 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2127 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2128 that may show up. */
2129 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2131 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2136 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2137 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2138 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2142 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2146 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2147 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2148 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2149 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2150 one of them is true. */
2153 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2155 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2156 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2157 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2158 struct bp_location *loc;
2160 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2161 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2163 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2164 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2165 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2167 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2168 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2171 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2172 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2173 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2174 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2175 response back to GDB. */
2176 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2179 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2183 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2185 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2186 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2187 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2188 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2189 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2190 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2192 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2193 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2199 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2200 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2201 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2203 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2209 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2210 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2211 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2213 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2214 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2215 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2220 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2222 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2224 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2227 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2228 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2233 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2234 for this location's address. */
2235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2239 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2240 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2241 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2243 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2244 conditions to the target. */
2245 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2246 loc->cond_bytecode);
2252 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2253 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2254 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2256 static struct agent_expr *
2257 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2259 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2260 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2261 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2262 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2263 const char *cmdrest;
2264 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2265 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2267 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2274 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2276 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2278 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2279 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2281 format_start = cmdrest;
2283 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2285 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2287 format_end = cmdrest;
2289 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2290 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2292 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2294 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2295 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2297 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2299 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2301 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2303 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2304 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2307 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2312 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2313 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2315 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2319 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2320 that may show up. */
2321 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2323 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2324 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2325 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2328 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2332 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2333 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2334 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2338 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2342 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2343 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2344 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2347 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2349 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2350 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2351 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2352 struct bp_location *loc;
2354 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2355 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2357 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2360 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2361 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2364 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2365 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2366 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2371 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2372 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2373 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2377 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2378 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2379 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2380 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2381 response back to GDB. */
2382 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2385 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2389 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2391 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2392 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2393 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2394 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2395 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2396 loc->owner->extra_string);
2397 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2403 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2404 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2405 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2407 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2413 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2415 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2420 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2421 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2423 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2425 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2428 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2429 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2434 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2435 for this location's address. */
2436 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2439 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2440 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2441 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2442 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2444 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2445 to send the commands to the target. */
2446 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2450 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2451 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2452 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2453 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2456 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2457 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2458 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2459 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2462 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2463 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2465 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2466 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2467 int *disabled_breaks,
2468 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2469 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2471 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2472 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2473 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2475 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2478 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2479 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2480 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2481 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2482 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2483 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2484 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2485 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2486 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2487 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2488 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2489 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2491 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2492 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2493 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2494 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2496 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2498 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2499 build_target_command_list (bl);
2500 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2501 bl->needs_update = 0;
2504 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2505 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2507 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2509 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2510 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2511 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2513 Two important cases are:
2514 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2515 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2516 hardware breakpoint.
2517 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2518 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2519 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2522 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2523 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2524 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2525 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2527 struct mem_region *mr
2528 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2532 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2534 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2536 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2537 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2539 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2541 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2543 static int said = 0;
2545 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2548 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2549 _("Note: automatically using "
2550 "hardware breakpoints for "
2551 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2556 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2557 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2558 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2559 "at readonly address %s"),
2560 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2564 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2565 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2566 || bl->section == NULL
2567 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2569 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2570 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2574 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2576 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2581 bp_err_message = e.message;
2586 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2587 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2588 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2590 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2591 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2592 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2593 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2594 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2598 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2600 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2601 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2602 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2604 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2605 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2609 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2612 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2617 bp_err_message = e.message;
2620 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2621 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2622 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2623 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2627 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2628 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2630 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2631 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2635 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2637 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2642 bp_err_message = e.message;
2647 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2648 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2653 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2655 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2657 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2658 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2659 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2660 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2661 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2662 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2663 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2664 errors as memory errors. */
2665 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2666 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2667 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2668 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2671 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2672 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2673 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2674 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2677 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2680 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2681 "library breakpoints:\n");
2683 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2684 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2685 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2690 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2692 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2693 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2695 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2696 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2697 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2702 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2705 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2706 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2707 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2709 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2710 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2712 bl->owner->number, message);
2713 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2733 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2734 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2735 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2736 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2740 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2741 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2743 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2747 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2749 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2756 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2761 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2762 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2769 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2770 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2773 /* Back to the original value. */
2774 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2778 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2781 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2785 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2786 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2788 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2791 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2795 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2796 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2798 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2801 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2803 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2804 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2805 so just return success. */
2812 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2813 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2817 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2819 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2820 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2822 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2825 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2826 delete_breakpoint (b);
2829 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2830 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2831 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2833 struct bp_location *tmp;
2835 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2837 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2838 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2839 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2841 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2842 if (tmp->next == loc)
2844 tmp->next = loc->next;
2850 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2851 removed locations above. */
2852 update_global_location_list (0);
2855 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2856 Throws exception on any error.
2857 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2858 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2860 insert_breakpoints (void)
2862 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2865 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2869 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2872 update_global_location_list (1);
2874 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2875 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2877 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2878 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2881 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2884 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2886 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2890 callback (loc, NULL);
2894 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2895 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2896 always-inserted mode. */
2899 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2901 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2904 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2905 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2906 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2908 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2909 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2911 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2912 there was an error. */
2913 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2915 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2917 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2919 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2921 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2924 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2925 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2926 deletion of breakpoints. */
2927 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2930 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2932 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2933 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2934 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2935 insert breakpoints. */
2936 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2937 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2940 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2941 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2948 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2949 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2952 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2955 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2958 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2960 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2961 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2965 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2966 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2969 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2971 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2972 there was an error. */
2973 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2975 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2979 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2982 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2983 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2984 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2985 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2986 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2989 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2991 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2992 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2993 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2994 insert breakpoints. */
2995 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2996 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2999 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3000 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3005 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3006 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3007 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3009 int some_failed = 0;
3010 struct bp_location *loc;
3012 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3015 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3018 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3021 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3022 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3029 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3031 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3033 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3034 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3035 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3043 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3044 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3045 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3047 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3048 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3049 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3051 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3052 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3055 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3058 /* Used when the program stops.
3059 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3060 removing a breakpoint location. */
3063 remove_breakpoints (void)
3065 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3070 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3071 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3076 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3080 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3086 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3088 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3090 printf_filtered (_("\
3091 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3092 b->number, tp->num);
3094 /* Hide it from the user. */
3100 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3103 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3105 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3107 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3111 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3114 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3119 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3128 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3130 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3131 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3133 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3134 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3135 struct inferior *inf;
3136 struct thread_info *tp;
3138 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3142 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3143 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3145 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3147 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3148 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3152 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3158 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3161 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3166 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3170 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3172 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3173 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3174 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3175 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3176 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3177 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3179 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3182 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3185 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3186 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3190 static struct breakpoint *
3191 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3192 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3193 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3195 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3196 struct breakpoint *b;
3198 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3201 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3202 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3204 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3205 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3206 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3211 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3213 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3215 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3217 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3218 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3220 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3221 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3223 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3224 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3226 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3227 int longjmp_searched;
3229 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3230 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3232 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3233 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3235 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3236 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3238 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3239 int exception_searched;
3241 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3242 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3245 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3247 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3248 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3250 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3253 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3255 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3258 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3259 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3261 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3262 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3264 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3266 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3267 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3269 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3270 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3272 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3273 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3275 return bp_objfile_data;
3279 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3281 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3283 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3284 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3288 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3290 struct objfile *objfile;
3291 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3293 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3295 struct breakpoint *b;
3296 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3299 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3301 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3304 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3306 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3308 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3309 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3311 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3312 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3315 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3318 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3319 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3321 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3322 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3324 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3326 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3327 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3331 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3332 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3335 update_global_location_list (1);
3339 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3341 struct program_space *pspace;
3342 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3344 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3346 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3348 struct objfile *objfile;
3350 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3352 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3355 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3356 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3358 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3360 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3362 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3366 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3369 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3370 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3372 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3374 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3375 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3376 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3380 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3381 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3384 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3387 struct probe *probe;
3388 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3391 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3392 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3396 struct breakpoint *b;
3398 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3399 get_probe_address (probe,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3403 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3404 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3410 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3413 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3415 struct breakpoint *b;
3416 const char *func_name;
3419 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3422 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3423 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3425 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3427 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3428 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3430 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3431 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3434 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3437 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3438 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3439 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3440 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3441 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3445 update_global_location_list (1);
3447 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3450 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3452 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3454 struct program_space *pspace;
3455 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3456 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3458 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3460 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3462 struct objfile *objfile;
3465 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3467 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3469 struct breakpoint *b;
3470 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3472 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3474 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3477 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3479 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3481 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3482 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3483 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3485 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3486 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3489 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3492 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3494 bp_std_terminate_master,
3495 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3496 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3497 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3501 update_global_location_list (1);
3503 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3506 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3509 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3511 struct objfile *objfile;
3512 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3514 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3516 struct breakpoint *b;
3517 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3518 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3521 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3523 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3524 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3528 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3532 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3533 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3535 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3537 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3538 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3539 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3543 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3544 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3547 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3549 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3551 struct probe *probe;
3554 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3555 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3559 struct breakpoint *b;
3561 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3562 get_probe_address (probe,
3564 bp_exception_master,
3565 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3566 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3573 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3575 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3578 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3580 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3582 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3584 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3585 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3587 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3591 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3594 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3595 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3597 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3598 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3599 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3600 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3603 update_global_location_list (1);
3607 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3609 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3610 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3612 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3613 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3614 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3615 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3616 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3617 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3618 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3619 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3621 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3622 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3626 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3629 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3630 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3632 delete_breakpoint (b);
3636 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3637 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3639 delete_breakpoint (b);
3643 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3644 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3645 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3646 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3647 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3649 delete_breakpoint (b);
3653 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3654 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3656 delete_breakpoint (b);
3660 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3662 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3663 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3664 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3666 delete_breakpoint (b);
3670 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3672 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3673 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3674 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3675 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3679 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3680 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3681 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3682 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3683 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3684 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3686 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3687 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3688 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3689 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3690 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3691 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3692 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3694 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3695 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3696 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3697 let finish_command delete it.
3699 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3700 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3701 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3702 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3703 solib breakpoints.) */
3705 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3710 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3711 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3713 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3715 delete_breakpoint (b);
3719 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3720 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3721 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3722 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3723 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3727 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3732 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3734 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3735 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3737 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3738 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3741 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3744 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3745 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3746 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3747 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3748 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3749 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3750 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3754 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3757 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3758 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3760 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3764 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3765 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3766 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3767 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3768 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3771 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3775 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3776 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3778 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3779 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3782 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3783 This should not ever happen. */
3784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3786 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3787 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3789 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3790 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3791 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3793 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3794 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3795 || bl->section == NULL
3796 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3798 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3800 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3801 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3802 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3803 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3804 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3805 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3806 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3807 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3808 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3809 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3810 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3811 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3812 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3813 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3814 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3815 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3816 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3817 they should always be removed. */
3818 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3819 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3820 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3823 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3827 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3828 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3829 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3831 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3832 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3834 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3835 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3836 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3837 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3838 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3840 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3841 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3843 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3844 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3847 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3848 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3849 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3850 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3852 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3853 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3854 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3855 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3856 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3857 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3863 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3868 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3869 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3870 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3871 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3872 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3873 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3874 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3875 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3876 always-inserted mode. */
3878 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3879 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3880 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3881 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3887 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3889 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3891 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3892 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3894 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3895 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3897 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3898 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3899 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3902 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3903 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3906 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3907 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3909 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3913 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3920 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3923 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3925 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3926 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3928 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3929 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3932 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3933 This should not ever happen. */
3934 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3936 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3938 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3940 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3946 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3949 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3951 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3954 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3958 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3959 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3961 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3964 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3965 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3966 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3971 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3973 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3974 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3976 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3978 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3980 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3985 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3986 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3987 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3993 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3999 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4001 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4002 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4005 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4007 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4009 case bp_shlib_event:
4011 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4012 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4013 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4014 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4015 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4017 (gdb) file prog-linux
4018 (gdb) run # native linux target
4021 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4022 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4025 case bp_step_resume:
4027 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4029 delete_breakpoint (b);
4033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4034 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4035 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4037 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4039 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4040 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4041 delete_breakpoint (b);
4042 else if (context == inf_starting)
4044 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4045 insert_breakpoints. */
4047 value_free (w->val);
4058 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4059 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4060 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4061 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4064 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4065 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4066 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4067 match, not program space. */
4069 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4070 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4071 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4072 permanent breakpoint.
4073 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4074 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4075 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4076 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4077 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4079 enum breakpoint_here
4080 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4082 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4083 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4092 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4093 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4094 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4099 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4100 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4101 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4103 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4107 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4110 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4113 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4115 struct bp_location *loc;
4118 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4119 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4125 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4126 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4127 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4128 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4131 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4134 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4136 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4138 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4139 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4143 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4145 if (overlay_debugging
4146 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4147 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4148 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4156 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4157 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4160 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4162 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4165 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4171 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4172 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4174 static struct bp_location *
4175 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4178 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4182 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4186 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4189 if (overlay_debugging
4190 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4191 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4192 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4201 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4205 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4208 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4211 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4212 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4219 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4220 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4222 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4226 struct bp_location *loc;
4228 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4229 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4232 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4235 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4236 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4240 /* Check for intersection. */
4241 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4242 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4250 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4251 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4254 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4257 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4258 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4264 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4265 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4268 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4269 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4270 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4273 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4276 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4278 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4279 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4280 it is now time to do so. */
4282 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4283 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4287 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4289 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4290 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4291 it is now time to do so. */
4293 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4294 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4298 if (overlay_debugging
4299 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4300 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4301 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4310 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4314 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4316 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4319 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4323 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4325 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4326 value_free (bs->old_val);
4327 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4328 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4332 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4333 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4336 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4353 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4354 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4357 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4361 bpstat retval = NULL;
4366 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4368 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4369 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4370 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4371 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4372 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4374 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4375 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4379 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4389 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4392 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4397 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4399 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4405 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4408 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4410 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4412 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4414 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4416 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4421 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4430 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4431 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4432 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4433 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4435 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4436 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4438 Return 1 otherwise. */
4441 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4443 struct breakpoint *b;
4446 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4448 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4449 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4450 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4451 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4452 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4454 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4456 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4463 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4465 struct thread_info *tp;
4468 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4471 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4475 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4477 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4479 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4481 value_free (bs->old_val);
4487 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4490 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4492 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4494 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4496 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4497 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4498 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4499 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4500 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4504 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4507 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4510 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4512 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4515 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4516 or its equivalent. */
4519 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4521 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4522 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4525 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4526 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4527 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4528 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4530 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4531 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4532 bpstat of the current thread. */
4535 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4538 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4541 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4543 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4546 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4547 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4549 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4551 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4554 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4555 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4557 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4558 struct command_line *cmd;
4559 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4561 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4563 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4564 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4565 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4566 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4567 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4568 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4569 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4570 the tree when we're done. */
4571 ccmd = bs->commands;
4572 bs->commands = NULL;
4573 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4574 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4575 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4577 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4583 execute_control_command (cmd);
4585 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4591 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4592 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4594 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4596 if (target_can_async_p ())
4597 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4598 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4599 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4602 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4603 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4604 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4605 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4606 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4607 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4608 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4609 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4610 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4611 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4612 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4613 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4614 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4619 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4624 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4626 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4628 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4629 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4630 && target_has_execution
4631 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4633 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4634 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4635 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4636 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4637 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4640 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4643 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4646 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4649 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4652 struct value_print_options opts;
4653 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4654 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4658 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4659 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4660 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4661 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4664 static enum print_stop_action
4665 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4667 switch (bs->print_it)
4670 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4671 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4675 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4676 relevant messages. */
4677 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4680 case print_it_normal:
4682 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4684 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4685 which has since been deleted. */
4687 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4689 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4690 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4695 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4696 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4701 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4704 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4707 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4709 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4713 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4714 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4715 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4717 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4718 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4719 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4723 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4728 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4732 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4733 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4736 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4741 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4742 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4743 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4746 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4751 struct so_list *iter;
4753 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4755 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4756 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4759 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4764 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4765 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4766 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4769 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4773 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4774 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4775 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4776 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4777 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4778 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4779 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4782 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4783 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4784 code to print the location. An example is
4785 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4787 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4788 to also print the location part of the message.
4789 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4790 don't require a location appended to the end.
4791 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4792 further info to be printed. */
4794 enum print_stop_action
4795 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4799 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4800 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4801 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4802 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4803 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4805 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4806 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4807 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4808 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4812 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4813 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4814 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4815 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4817 print_solib_event (0);
4818 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4821 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4822 with and nothing was printed. */
4823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4826 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4827 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4828 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4829 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4830 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4831 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4834 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4836 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4837 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4839 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4843 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4846 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4850 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4852 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4853 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4854 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4855 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4856 incref_bp_location (bl);
4857 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4858 bs->commands = NULL;
4860 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4864 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4865 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4868 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4870 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4872 struct breakpoint *b;
4874 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4876 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4877 as not triggered. */
4879 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4883 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4889 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4891 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4892 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4894 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4898 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4904 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4905 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4909 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4911 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4912 struct bp_location *loc;
4914 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4915 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4917 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4919 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4920 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4922 if (newaddr == start)
4924 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4928 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4929 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4933 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4942 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4943 because of check_errors). */
4944 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4945 #define WP_DELETED 1
4946 /* The value has changed. */
4947 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4948 /* The value has not changed. */
4949 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4950 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4953 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4954 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4956 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4959 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4960 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4963 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4965 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4966 struct watchpoint *b;
4967 struct frame_info *fr;
4968 int within_current_scope;
4970 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4971 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4972 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4974 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4975 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4976 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4977 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4980 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4981 within_current_scope = 1;
4984 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4985 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4986 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4988 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4989 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4990 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4991 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4992 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4993 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4994 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4995 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4996 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4997 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5000 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5001 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5003 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5004 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5005 if (within_current_scope)
5007 struct symbol *function;
5009 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5010 if (function == NULL
5011 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5012 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5013 within_current_scope = 0;
5016 if (within_current_scope)
5017 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5018 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5023 if (within_current_scope)
5025 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5026 time before we return to the command level and call
5027 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5028 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5032 struct value *new_val;
5034 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5035 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5036 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5037 a mask watchpoint. */
5038 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5040 mark = value_mark ();
5041 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5043 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5044 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5045 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5046 not what we want. */
5047 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5048 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5050 if (new_val != NULL)
5052 release_value (new_val);
5053 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5055 bs->old_val = b->val;
5058 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5062 /* Nothing changed. */
5063 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5064 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5069 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5071 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5072 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5073 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5074 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5075 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5076 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5077 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5078 the first value assigned). */
5079 /* We print all the stop information in
5080 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5081 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5082 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5086 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5087 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5090 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5091 which its expression is valid.\n");
5093 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5094 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5095 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5101 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5102 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5103 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5106 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5107 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5108 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5110 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5112 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5113 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5115 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5118 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5119 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5122 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5124 const struct bp_location *bl;
5125 struct watchpoint *b;
5127 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5128 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5129 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5130 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5131 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5134 int must_check_value = 0;
5136 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5137 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5139 must_check_value = 1;
5140 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5141 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5142 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5144 must_check_value = 1;
5145 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5146 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5147 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5148 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5149 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5150 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5151 must_check_value = 1;
5153 if (must_check_value)
5156 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5158 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5159 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5161 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5165 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5166 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5170 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5173 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5174 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5176 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5178 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5179 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5180 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5181 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5182 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5183 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5184 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5187 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5188 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5191 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5192 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5193 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5194 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5196 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5197 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5198 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5201 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5202 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5203 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5204 changes. This still gives false positives when
5205 the program writes the same value to memory as
5206 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5207 it for a read), but it's much better than
5210 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5212 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5214 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5217 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5218 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5220 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5221 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5223 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5224 == watch_triggered_yes)
5226 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5232 if (other_write_watchpoint
5233 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5235 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5236 and the value changed since the last time we
5237 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5239 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5244 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5245 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5246 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5248 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5249 the value hasn't changed. */
5250 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5258 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5259 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5260 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5261 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5262 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5266 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5268 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5269 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5270 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5271 anything for this watchpoint. */
5272 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5278 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5279 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5280 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5281 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5284 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5286 const struct bp_location *bl;
5287 struct breakpoint *b;
5288 int value_is_zero = 0;
5289 struct expression *cond;
5291 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5293 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5294 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5295 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5296 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5297 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5299 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5300 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5301 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5303 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5304 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5310 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5311 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5313 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5314 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5321 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5323 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5325 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5327 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5334 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5336 int within_current_scope = 1;
5337 struct watchpoint * w;
5339 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5340 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5341 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5342 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5344 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5346 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5347 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5351 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5352 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5353 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5354 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5355 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5357 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5358 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5361 struct frame_info *frame;
5363 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5364 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5365 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5366 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5367 really matter which instantiation of the function
5368 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5369 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5370 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5371 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5372 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5373 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5374 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5375 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5377 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5379 select_frame (frame);
5381 within_current_scope = 0;
5383 if (within_current_scope)
5385 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5386 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5390 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5391 "in the current scope"));
5392 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5393 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5396 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5397 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5400 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5404 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5408 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5410 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5415 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5416 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5418 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5419 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5422 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5424 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5426 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5427 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5428 several reasons concurrently.)
5430 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5431 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5434 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5435 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5436 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5438 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5439 struct bp_location *bl;
5440 struct bp_location *loc;
5441 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5442 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5443 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5446 int need_remove_insert;
5449 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5450 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5451 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5452 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5453 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5454 inferior function calls. */
5458 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5461 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5463 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5464 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5465 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5466 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5467 checked all locations already. */
5468 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5471 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5474 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5477 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5480 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5483 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5484 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5485 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5489 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5490 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5491 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5493 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5495 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5497 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5502 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5504 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5506 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5507 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5510 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5514 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5515 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5516 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5518 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5520 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5522 handle_solib_event ();
5527 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5528 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5529 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5533 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5538 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5539 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5542 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5547 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5549 /* We will stop here. */
5550 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5552 --(b->enable_count);
5553 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5554 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5555 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5560 bs->commands = b->commands;
5561 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5562 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5563 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5566 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5571 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5573 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5574 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5577 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5578 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5579 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5581 need_remove_insert = 0;
5582 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5583 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5585 && bs->breakpoint_at
5586 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5590 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5591 need_remove_insert = 1;
5594 if (need_remove_insert)
5595 update_global_location_list (1);
5596 else if (removed_any)
5597 update_global_location_list (0);
5603 handle_jit_event (void)
5605 struct frame_info *frame;
5606 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5608 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5609 breakpoint_re_set. */
5610 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5612 frame = get_current_frame ();
5613 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5615 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5617 target_terminal_inferior ();
5620 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5622 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5625 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5627 struct bpstat_what retval;
5631 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5632 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5633 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5635 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5637 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5638 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5639 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5642 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5644 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5645 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5649 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5656 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5659 case bp_shlib_event:
5663 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5665 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5668 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5671 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5672 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5673 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5677 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5679 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5683 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5684 This requires no further action. */
5688 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5691 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5693 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5694 case bp_exception_resume:
5695 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5696 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5698 case bp_step_resume:
5700 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5703 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5704 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5707 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5709 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5712 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5713 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5716 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5717 case bp_thread_event:
5718 case bp_overlay_event:
5719 case bp_longjmp_master:
5720 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5721 case bp_exception_master:
5722 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5728 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5730 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5734 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5735 This requires no further action. */
5740 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5743 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5744 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5745 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5748 case bp_std_terminate:
5749 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5750 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5751 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5752 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5755 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5756 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5757 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5758 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5760 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5761 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5763 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5764 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5765 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5767 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5768 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5769 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5770 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5775 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5777 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5782 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5785 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5788 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5789 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5794 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5796 handle_jit_event ();
5799 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5801 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5807 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5808 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5810 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5811 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5819 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5820 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5821 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5824 bpstat_should_step (void)
5826 struct breakpoint *b;
5829 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5835 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5837 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5846 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5847 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5848 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5851 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5853 static char wrap_indent[80];
5854 int i, total_width, width, align;
5858 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5860 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5862 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5863 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5864 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5869 total_width += width + 1;
5875 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5876 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5878 "host": Host evals condition.
5879 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5880 "target": Target evals condition.
5884 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5886 struct bp_location *bl;
5887 char host_evals = 0;
5888 char target_evals = 0;
5893 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5896 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5897 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5898 return condition_evaluation_host;
5900 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5902 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5908 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5909 return condition_evaluation_both;
5910 else if (target_evals)
5911 return condition_evaluation_target;
5913 return condition_evaluation_host;
5916 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5917 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5920 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5922 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5925 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5926 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5927 return condition_evaluation_host;
5929 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5930 return condition_evaluation_target;
5932 return condition_evaluation_host;
5935 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5938 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5939 struct bp_location *loc)
5941 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5942 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5944 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5948 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5950 if (b->display_canonical)
5951 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5952 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5955 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5960 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5961 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5962 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5963 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5965 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5966 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5967 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5971 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5973 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5977 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5978 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5980 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5982 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5984 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5987 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5989 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5990 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5991 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5993 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5995 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6003 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6005 struct ep_type_description
6010 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6012 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6013 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6014 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6015 {bp_until, "until"},
6016 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6017 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6018 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6019 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6020 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6021 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6022 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6023 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6024 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6025 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6026 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6027 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6028 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6029 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6030 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6031 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6032 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6033 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6034 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6035 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6036 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6037 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6038 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6039 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6040 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6041 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6042 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6043 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6044 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6047 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6048 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6050 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6053 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6056 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6057 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6060 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6061 const char *field_name,
6065 struct cleanup *back_to;
6066 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6070 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6071 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6072 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6075 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6077 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6083 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6089 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6091 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6097 do_cleanups (back_to);
6100 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6103 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6104 struct bp_location *loc,
6106 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6109 struct command_line *l;
6110 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6112 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6113 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6114 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6115 struct value_print_options opts;
6117 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6119 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6120 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6121 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6124 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6125 header_of_multiple = 1;
6133 if (part_of_multiple)
6136 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6142 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6147 if (part_of_multiple)
6148 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6154 if (part_of_multiple)
6155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6157 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6162 if (part_of_multiple)
6163 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6165 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6166 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6167 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6171 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6173 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6174 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6175 make sure there's just one location. */
6176 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6177 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6183 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6184 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6188 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6189 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6190 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6192 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6194 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6195 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6196 is relatively readable). */
6197 if (opts.addressprint)
6198 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6205 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6209 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6210 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6212 case bp_exception_resume:
6213 case bp_step_resume:
6214 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6215 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6217 case bp_std_terminate:
6218 case bp_shlib_event:
6219 case bp_thread_event:
6220 case bp_overlay_event:
6221 case bp_longjmp_master:
6222 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6223 case bp_exception_master:
6225 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6226 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6229 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6230 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6231 if (opts.addressprint)
6234 if (header_of_multiple)
6235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6236 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6237 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6239 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6240 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6243 if (!header_of_multiple)
6244 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6251 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6253 struct inferior *inf;
6254 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6259 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6260 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6263 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6264 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6266 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6267 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6268 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6269 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6270 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6271 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6273 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6274 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6277 if (!part_of_multiple)
6279 if (b->thread != -1)
6281 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6282 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6283 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6284 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6286 else if (b->task != 0)
6288 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6289 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6293 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6295 if (!part_of_multiple)
6296 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6298 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6302 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6304 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6305 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6309 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6312 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6313 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6315 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6316 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6318 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6319 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6320 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6321 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6322 == condition_evaluation_target)
6324 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6325 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6326 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6327 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6329 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6332 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6334 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6336 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6337 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6340 if (!part_of_multiple)
6344 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6345 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6346 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6347 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6351 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6352 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6353 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6354 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6356 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6360 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6362 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6366 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6369 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6374 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6375 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6376 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6377 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6381 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6382 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6383 if (b->ignore_count)
6384 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6386 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6387 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6388 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6391 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6393 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6395 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6397 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6398 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6399 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6403 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6404 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6406 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6409 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6410 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6411 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6414 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6416 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6418 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6420 annotate_field (10);
6421 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6422 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6426 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6428 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6430 annotate_field (11);
6432 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6433 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6434 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6438 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6440 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6448 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6450 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6454 else if (b->addr_string)
6455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6460 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6461 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6464 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6465 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6467 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6469 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6470 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6472 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6473 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6474 locations, if any. */
6475 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6477 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6478 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6479 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6482 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6483 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6485 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6486 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6488 struct bp_location *loc;
6491 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6493 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6494 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6495 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6496 do_cleanups (inner2);
6503 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6505 int print_address_bits = 0;
6506 struct bp_location *loc;
6508 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6512 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6513 an address to print. */
6514 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6517 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6518 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6519 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6522 return print_address_bits;
6525 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6531 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6533 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6534 struct breakpoint *b;
6535 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6539 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6541 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6549 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6550 char **error_message)
6552 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6555 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6557 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6558 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6564 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6565 internal or momentary. */
6568 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6570 return b->number > 0;
6573 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6574 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6575 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6576 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6577 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6578 breakpoints listed. */
6581 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6582 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6584 struct breakpoint *b;
6585 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6586 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6587 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6588 struct value_print_options opts;
6589 int print_address_bits = 0;
6590 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6591 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6593 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6595 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6596 required for address fields. */
6597 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6600 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6601 if (filter && !filter (b))
6604 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6605 accept. Skip the others. */
6606 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6608 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6610 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6614 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6616 int addr_bit, type_len;
6618 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6619 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6620 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6622 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6623 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6624 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6626 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6630 if (opts.addressprint)
6632 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6633 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6637 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6638 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6641 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6642 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6643 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6645 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6646 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6648 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6649 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6650 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6652 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6653 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6655 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6656 if (opts.addressprint)
6658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6660 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6661 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6662 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6664 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6665 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6667 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6669 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6670 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6671 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6672 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6677 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6678 if (filter && !filter (b))
6681 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6682 accept. Skip the others. */
6684 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6686 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6688 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6691 else /* all others */
6693 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6697 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6699 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6700 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6703 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6705 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6707 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6711 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6712 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6714 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6715 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6721 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6722 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6725 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6726 there have been breakpoints? */
6727 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6729 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6732 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6733 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6736 default_collect_info (void)
6738 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6740 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6741 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6743 if (!*default_collect)
6746 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6748 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6750 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6754 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6756 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6758 default_collect_info ();
6762 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6764 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6765 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6767 if (num_printed == 0)
6769 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6770 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6772 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6777 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6779 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6781 default_collect_info ();
6785 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6786 struct program_space *pspace,
6787 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6789 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6791 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6793 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6794 && bl->address == pc
6795 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6801 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6802 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6806 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6807 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6808 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6811 struct breakpoint *b;
6814 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6815 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6819 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6820 else /* if (others == ???) */
6821 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6823 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6826 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6827 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6828 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6829 else if (b->thread != -1)
6830 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6831 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6832 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6833 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6835 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6839 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6841 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6842 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6843 printf_filtered (".\n");
6848 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6849 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6850 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6851 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6853 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6854 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6855 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6856 breakpoint at address zero:
6864 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6866 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6868 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6871 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6872 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6875 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6876 struct bp_location *loc2)
6878 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6879 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6881 /* Both of them must exist. */
6882 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6883 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6885 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6886 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6887 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6888 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6889 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6890 other watchpoint. */
6892 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6894 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6897 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6899 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6903 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6904 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6905 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6906 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6907 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6908 become hw_access locations later. */
6909 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6910 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6911 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6912 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6915 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6918 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6919 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6921 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6922 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6926 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6927 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6928 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6929 space doesn't really matter. */
6932 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6933 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6936 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6937 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6938 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6941 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6942 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6943 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6944 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6947 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6948 struct address_space *aspace,
6951 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6954 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6955 bl->address, bl->length,
6959 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6960 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6961 true, otherwise returns false. */
6964 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6965 struct bp_location *loc2)
6967 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6968 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6969 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6970 different locations. */
6971 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6976 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6977 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6978 represent the same location. */
6981 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6982 struct bp_location *loc2)
6984 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6986 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6987 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6988 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6990 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6991 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6993 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6996 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6997 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6998 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7000 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7001 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7002 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7003 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7007 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7008 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7010 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7011 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7015 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7016 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7018 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7019 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7021 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7024 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7025 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7026 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7027 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7030 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7031 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7033 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7035 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7038 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7039 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7040 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7041 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7042 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7044 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7045 have their addresses modified. */
7050 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7052 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7053 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7054 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7056 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7057 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7059 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7060 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7062 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7067 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7068 struct breakpoint *owner)
7070 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7072 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7077 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7078 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7081 switch (owner->type)
7087 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7088 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7090 case bp_exception_resume:
7091 case bp_step_resume:
7092 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7093 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7095 case bp_std_terminate:
7096 case bp_shlib_event:
7097 case bp_thread_event:
7098 case bp_overlay_event:
7100 case bp_longjmp_master:
7101 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7102 case bp_exception_master:
7103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7104 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7106 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7107 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7109 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7110 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7111 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7113 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7114 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7115 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7116 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7121 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7122 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7123 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7126 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7132 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7134 static struct bp_location *
7135 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7137 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7141 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7143 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7147 /* Increment reference count. */
7150 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7155 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7156 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7159 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7161 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7163 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7164 free_bp_location (*blp);
7168 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7171 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7173 struct breakpoint *b1;
7175 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7176 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7178 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7180 breakpoint_chain = b;
7189 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7192 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7197 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7199 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7203 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7204 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7205 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7207 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7210 b->ignore_count = 0;
7212 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7213 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7214 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7215 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7218 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7219 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7221 static struct breakpoint *
7222 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7224 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7226 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7228 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7229 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7233 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7234 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7238 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7240 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7242 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7243 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7244 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7247 const char *function_name;
7248 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7250 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7251 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7253 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7255 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7257 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7258 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7259 &loc->requested_address))
7261 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7262 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7263 loc->requested_address,
7266 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7267 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7269 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7270 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7271 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7272 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7274 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7279 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7283 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7285 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7288 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7290 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7295 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7296 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7297 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7299 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7300 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7301 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7304 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7305 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7306 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7308 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7310 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7312 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7313 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7315 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7316 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7318 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7319 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7322 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7323 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7324 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7325 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7326 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7327 is also returned as the value of this function.
7329 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7330 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7331 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7332 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7333 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7334 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7335 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7338 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7339 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7340 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7342 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7344 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7345 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7350 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7351 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7353 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7355 struct bp_location *bl;
7357 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7359 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7360 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7361 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7362 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7363 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7364 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7368 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7369 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7370 initiated the operation. */
7373 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7375 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7376 int thread = tp->num;
7378 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7379 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7380 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7381 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7383 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7384 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7385 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7387 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7388 struct breakpoint *clone;
7390 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7391 after their removal. */
7392 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7393 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7394 clone->thread = thread;
7397 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7400 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7402 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7404 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7407 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7409 if (b->thread == thread)
7410 delete_breakpoint (b);
7415 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7417 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7420 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7422 if (b->thread == thread)
7423 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7427 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7428 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7429 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7433 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7435 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7438 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7440 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7442 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7443 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7444 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7446 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7448 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7451 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7452 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7453 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7454 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7460 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7461 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7464 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7465 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7469 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7471 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7474 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7476 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7478 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7479 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7480 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7481 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7484 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7486 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7488 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7489 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7490 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7492 delete_breakpoint (b);
7497 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7499 struct breakpoint *b;
7502 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7504 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7505 update_global_location_list (1);
7506 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7511 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7513 struct breakpoint *b;
7516 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7518 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7519 update_global_location_list (0);
7520 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7524 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7525 master breakpoint. */
7527 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7529 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7532 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7533 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7535 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7536 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7540 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7542 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7544 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7547 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7548 delete_breakpoint (b);
7552 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7554 struct breakpoint *b;
7556 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7557 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7560 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7562 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7570 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7572 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7575 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7576 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7577 delete_breakpoint (b);
7580 struct lang_and_radix
7586 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7589 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7591 struct breakpoint *b;
7593 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7594 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7595 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7599 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7602 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7604 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7607 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7608 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b);
7613 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7615 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7618 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7619 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7620 delete_breakpoint (b);
7624 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7626 struct breakpoint *b;
7628 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7629 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7630 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7634 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7635 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7638 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7640 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7642 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7644 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7645 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7647 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7648 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7649 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7650 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7651 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7652 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7653 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7654 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7655 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7656 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7657 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7658 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7661 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7666 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7667 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7668 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7671 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7673 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7674 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7676 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7677 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7678 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7679 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7680 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7681 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7684 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7686 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7687 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7689 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7690 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7691 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7692 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7693 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7694 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7695 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7696 || is_tracepoint (b))
7697 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7699 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7700 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7701 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7702 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7705 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7706 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7708 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7710 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7711 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7712 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7715 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7720 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7721 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7722 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7725 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7727 struct breakpoint *b;
7729 if (objfile == NULL)
7732 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7733 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7734 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7735 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7736 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7737 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7738 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7740 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7741 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7743 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7744 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7749 struct bp_location *loc;
7750 int bp_modified = 0;
7752 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7755 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7757 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7759 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7760 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7763 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7766 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7769 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7770 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7773 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7775 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7776 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7777 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7778 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7779 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7782 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7789 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7793 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7795 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7796 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7797 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7798 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7799 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7801 struct fork_catchpoint
7803 /* The base class. */
7804 struct breakpoint base;
7806 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7807 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7808 catchpoint has triggered. */
7809 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7812 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7816 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7818 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7821 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7825 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7827 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7830 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7834 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7835 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7836 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7838 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7840 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7843 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7847 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7850 static enum print_stop_action
7851 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7853 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7854 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7855 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7857 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7858 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7859 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7864 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7865 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7868 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7869 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7870 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7871 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7872 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7875 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7879 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7881 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7882 struct value_print_options opts;
7883 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7885 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7887 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7888 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7890 if (opts.addressprint)
7891 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7893 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7894 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7896 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7897 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7898 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7899 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7906 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7910 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7912 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7915 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7919 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7922 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7925 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7929 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7933 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7935 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7938 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7942 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7944 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7947 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7951 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7952 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7953 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7955 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7957 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7960 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7964 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7967 static enum print_stop_action
7968 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7970 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7971 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7972 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7974 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7975 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7978 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7982 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7985 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7986 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7987 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7988 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7989 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7992 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7996 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7998 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7999 struct value_print_options opts;
8000 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8002 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8003 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8004 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8006 if (opts.addressprint)
8007 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8009 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8010 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8012 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8013 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8014 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8015 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8019 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8022 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8026 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8031 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8035 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8038 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8041 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8043 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8045 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8046 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8047 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8048 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8049 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8051 struct solib_catchpoint
8053 /* The base class. */
8054 struct breakpoint base;
8056 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8057 unsigned char is_load;
8059 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8060 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8066 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8068 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8071 regfree (&self->compiled);
8072 xfree (self->regex);
8074 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8078 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8084 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8090 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8091 struct address_space *aspace,
8093 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8095 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8096 struct breakpoint *other;
8098 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8101 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8103 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8105 if (other == bl->owner)
8108 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8111 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8114 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8116 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8125 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8127 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8128 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8133 struct so_list *iter;
8136 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8141 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8150 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8155 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8161 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8164 static enum print_stop_action
8165 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8167 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8168 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8170 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8171 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8175 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8176 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8179 print_solib_event (1);
8180 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8184 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8186 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8187 struct value_print_options opts;
8188 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8191 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8192 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8193 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8195 if (opts.addressprint)
8198 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8205 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8207 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8212 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8214 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8216 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8219 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8220 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8221 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8225 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8227 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8229 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8230 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8234 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8236 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8239 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8240 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8242 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8243 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8246 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8248 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8249 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8250 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8251 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8252 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8253 created in an enabled state. */
8256 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8258 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8259 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8260 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8264 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8266 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8267 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8273 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8276 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8278 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8279 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8281 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8284 c->is_load = is_load;
8285 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8286 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8288 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8290 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8291 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8294 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8298 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8299 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8302 const int enabled = 1;
8304 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8306 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8310 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8311 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8313 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8317 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8318 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8320 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8323 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8324 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8325 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8326 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8327 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8329 struct syscall_catchpoint
8331 /* The base class. */
8332 struct breakpoint base;
8334 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8335 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8336 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8337 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8338 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8341 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8345 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8347 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8349 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8351 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8354 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8356 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8358 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8359 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8360 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8362 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8363 int any_syscall_count;
8365 /* Count of each system call. */
8366 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8368 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8369 if any catching is necessary. */
8370 int total_syscalls_count;
8373 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8374 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8376 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8378 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8379 if (inf_data == NULL)
8381 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8382 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8389 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8395 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8399 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8401 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8402 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8403 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8404 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8406 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8407 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8408 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8414 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8419 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8421 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8422 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8423 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8425 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8426 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8427 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8429 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8430 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8432 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8433 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8437 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8438 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8439 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8441 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8443 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8446 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8450 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8452 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8453 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8454 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8455 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8457 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8458 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8459 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8465 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8469 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8470 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8472 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8473 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8477 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8478 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8479 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8481 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8483 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8486 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8490 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8491 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8492 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8494 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8495 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8496 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8497 int syscall_number = 0;
8498 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8499 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8501 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8502 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8505 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8507 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8508 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8513 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8515 if (syscall_number == iter)
8524 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8527 static enum print_stop_action
8528 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8531 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8532 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8533 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8534 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8535 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8537 struct target_waitstatus last;
8540 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8542 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8544 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8546 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8547 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8553 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8554 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8555 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8556 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8558 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8560 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8561 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8563 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8565 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8566 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8570 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8572 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8575 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8579 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8580 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8582 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8583 struct value_print_options opts;
8584 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8586 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8587 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8588 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8590 if (opts.addressprint)
8591 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8594 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8595 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8596 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8598 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8600 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8603 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8606 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8611 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8614 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8616 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8618 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8619 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8623 /* Remove the last comma. */
8624 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8628 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8629 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8631 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8632 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8635 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8639 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8641 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8643 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8647 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8648 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8650 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8653 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8657 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8660 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8662 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8664 printf_filtered (")");
8667 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8671 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8675 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8677 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8681 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8686 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8691 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8698 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8703 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8705 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8708 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8710 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8713 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8714 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8715 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8716 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8719 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8720 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8722 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8724 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8727 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8729 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8731 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8732 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8736 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8738 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8739 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8740 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8741 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8744 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8747 update_global_location_list (1);
8751 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8752 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8753 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8755 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8757 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8759 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8761 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8764 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8766 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8767 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8768 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8769 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8770 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8772 struct exec_catchpoint
8774 /* The base class. */
8775 struct breakpoint base;
8777 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8778 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8780 char *exec_pathname;
8783 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8787 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8789 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8791 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8793 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8797 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8799 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8803 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8805 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8809 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8810 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8811 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8813 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8815 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8818 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8822 static enum print_stop_action
8823 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8825 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8826 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8827 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8829 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8830 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8833 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8834 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8837 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8841 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8842 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8843 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8845 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8849 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8851 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8852 struct value_print_options opts;
8853 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8855 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8857 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8858 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8859 is relatively readable). */
8860 if (opts.addressprint)
8861 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8863 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8864 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8866 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8868 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8872 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8876 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8878 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8881 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8885 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8888 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8891 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8894 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8895 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8897 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8898 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8900 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8901 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8902 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8904 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8908 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8911 struct breakpoint *b;
8912 struct bp_location *bl;
8916 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8917 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8919 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8921 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8928 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8932 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8935 struct bp_location *bl;
8937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8940 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8942 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8944 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8950 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8951 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8952 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8953 types _not_ TYPE. */
8956 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8957 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8960 struct breakpoint *b;
8962 *other_type_used = 0;
8967 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8970 if (b->type == type)
8971 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8972 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8973 *other_type_used = 1;
8980 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8982 struct breakpoint *b;
8986 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8988 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8989 update_global_location_list (0);
8995 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8997 struct breakpoint *b;
9001 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9003 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9004 update_global_location_list (1);
9010 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9012 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9013 update_global_location_list (0);
9017 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9019 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9020 breakpoint_re_set ();
9024 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9025 at address specified by SAL.
9026 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9029 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9030 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9032 struct breakpoint *b;
9034 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9036 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9038 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9039 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9040 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9041 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9043 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9044 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9046 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9047 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9049 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9054 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9055 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
9058 static struct breakpoint *
9059 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9061 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9063 struct breakpoint *copy;
9065 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9066 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9067 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9069 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9070 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9071 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9072 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9073 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9074 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9075 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9076 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9077 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9078 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9079 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9081 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9082 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9083 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9085 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9089 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9093 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9095 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9099 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
9103 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9106 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9108 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9110 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9111 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9113 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9117 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9120 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9122 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9123 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9125 printf_filtered ("\n");
9129 static struct bp_location *
9130 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9131 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9133 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9134 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9135 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9137 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9138 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9140 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9141 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9142 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9143 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9144 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9145 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9146 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9149 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9150 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9151 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9152 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9157 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9158 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9159 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9160 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9161 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9162 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9163 loc->section = sal->section;
9164 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9165 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9166 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9168 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9169 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9174 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9175 return 0 otherwise. */
9178 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9182 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9183 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9184 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9187 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9189 addr = loc->address;
9190 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9192 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9196 target_mem = alloca (len);
9198 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9199 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9200 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9201 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9203 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9204 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9206 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9207 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9210 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9215 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9216 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9219 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9221 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9222 char *printf_line = NULL;
9227 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9229 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9231 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9233 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9235 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9236 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9238 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9239 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9240 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9242 if (!dprintf_function)
9243 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9245 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9246 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9251 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9255 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9257 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9258 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9261 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9262 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9266 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9267 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9269 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9270 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9272 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9273 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9275 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9276 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9277 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9278 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9279 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9280 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9282 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9286 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9287 current style settings. */
9290 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9291 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9293 struct breakpoint *b;
9297 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9298 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9302 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9303 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9304 as condition expression. */
9307 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9308 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9309 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9311 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9312 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9313 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9314 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9315 int display_canonical)
9319 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9321 int target_resources_ok;
9323 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9324 target_resources_ok =
9325 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9327 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9328 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9329 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9330 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9333 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9335 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9337 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9338 struct bp_location *loc;
9342 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9344 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9346 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9347 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9352 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9356 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9357 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9358 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9359 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9360 b->disposition = disposition;
9362 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9363 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9365 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9367 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9368 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9370 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9372 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9373 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9374 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9378 p = skip_spaces (p);
9380 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9382 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9383 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9385 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9387 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9389 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9391 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9392 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9394 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9396 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9399 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9400 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9407 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9408 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9412 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9413 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9417 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9419 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9420 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9422 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9425 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9426 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9427 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9429 if (b->extra_string)
9430 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9432 error (_("Format string required"));
9434 else if (b->extra_string)
9435 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9438 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9440 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9442 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9445 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9450 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9451 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9452 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9454 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9455 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9456 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9457 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9458 int display_canonical)
9460 struct breakpoint *b;
9461 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9463 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9465 struct tracepoint *t;
9467 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9471 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9473 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9475 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9477 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9479 thread, task, ignore_count,
9481 enabled, internal, flags,
9483 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9485 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9488 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9489 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9490 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9491 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9492 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9493 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9494 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9495 we take just a single condition string.
9497 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9498 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9499 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9500 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9501 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9504 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9505 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9506 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9507 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9508 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9509 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9510 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9513 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9515 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9516 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9518 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9520 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9521 'break', without arguments. */
9522 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9523 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9525 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9526 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9528 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9529 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9532 cond_string, extra_string,
9534 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9535 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9536 canonical->special_display);
9537 discard_cleanups (inner);
9541 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9542 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9543 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9544 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9546 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9547 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9550 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9551 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9553 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9555 if ((*address) == NULL
9556 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9558 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9560 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9562 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9563 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9566 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9567 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9568 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9570 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9571 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9572 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9573 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9574 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9575 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9577 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9579 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9580 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9581 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9582 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9583 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9585 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9587 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9588 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9589 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9591 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9594 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9598 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9600 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9601 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9602 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9603 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9605 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9606 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9607 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9609 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9610 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9611 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9612 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9613 get_last_displayed_line (),
9614 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9616 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9617 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9622 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9623 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9626 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9630 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9631 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9634 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9635 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9636 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9637 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9638 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9642 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9643 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9646 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9648 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9650 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9652 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9654 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9656 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9657 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9658 associated with SAL. */
9661 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9663 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9666 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9667 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9673 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9675 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9676 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9678 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9681 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9682 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9683 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9684 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9685 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9686 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9689 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9690 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9693 *cond_string = NULL;
9700 const char *end_tok;
9702 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9703 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9705 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9707 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9709 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9713 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9715 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9717 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9719 struct expression *expr;
9721 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9722 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9725 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9727 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9732 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9734 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9735 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9736 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9739 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9744 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9746 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9747 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9748 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9753 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9757 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9761 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9763 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9764 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9766 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9767 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9768 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9769 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9774 p = skip_spaces (p);
9776 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9778 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9779 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9781 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9782 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9783 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9785 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9786 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9788 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9790 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9792 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9794 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9796 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9797 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9799 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9802 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9808 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9809 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9810 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9811 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9812 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9813 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9814 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9815 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9816 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9817 was created; false otherwise. */
9820 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9821 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9822 int thread, char *extra_string,
9824 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9826 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9827 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9828 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9831 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9832 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9833 char *addr_start = arg;
9834 struct linespec_result canonical;
9835 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9836 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9839 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9841 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9843 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9845 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9847 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9848 addr_start, ©_arg);
9851 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9855 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9861 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9863 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9866 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9867 throw_exception (e);
9869 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9871 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9872 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9873 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9874 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9875 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9878 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9879 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9880 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9881 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9883 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9885 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9886 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9887 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9888 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9889 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9891 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9895 throw_exception (e);
9899 throw_exception (e);
9902 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9903 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9905 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9906 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9907 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9908 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9909 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9911 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9912 are ok for the target. */
9916 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9918 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9919 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9922 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9923 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9926 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9928 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9929 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9932 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9933 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9940 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9942 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9944 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9945 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9946 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9947 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9949 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9950 &thread, &task, &rest);
9952 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9954 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9956 extra_string = rest;
9961 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9963 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9966 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9967 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9969 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9972 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9973 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9977 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9978 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9979 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9980 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9981 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9985 struct breakpoint *b;
9987 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9989 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9991 struct tracepoint *t;
9993 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9997 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9999 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10001 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10003 b->cond_string = NULL;
10006 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10009 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10010 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10012 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10014 b->extra_string = NULL;
10015 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10016 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10017 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10018 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10019 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10020 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10021 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10023 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10026 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10028 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10029 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10030 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10033 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10035 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10036 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10037 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10039 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10040 update_global_location_list (1);
10045 /* Set a breakpoint.
10046 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10047 condition, and thread.
10048 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10049 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10050 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10053 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10055 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10056 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10057 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10059 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10060 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10062 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10063 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10064 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10066 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10068 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10070 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10071 tempflag, type_wanted,
10072 0 /* Ignore count */,
10073 pending_break_support,
10081 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10084 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10088 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10090 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10091 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10092 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10095 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10096 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10097 if (sal->explicit_line)
10098 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10101 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10103 struct blockvector *bv;
10105 struct symbol *sym;
10107 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10110 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10113 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10114 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10118 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10119 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10120 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10121 happen in assembly source). */
10123 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10124 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10126 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10128 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10130 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10132 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10139 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10141 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10145 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10147 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10151 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10153 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10157 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10159 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10163 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10165 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10166 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10167 stop at <line>\n"));
10171 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10175 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10177 else if (*arg != '*')
10179 char *argptr = arg;
10182 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10183 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10184 function/method name. */
10185 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10187 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10192 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10194 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10198 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10200 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10204 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10208 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10212 char *argptr = arg;
10215 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10216 it is probably a line number. */
10217 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10219 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10224 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10226 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10230 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10232 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10235 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10236 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10237 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10241 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10243 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10245 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10247 0 /* Ignore count */,
10248 pending_break_support,
10249 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10257 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10259 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10262 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10263 ranged breakpoints. */
10266 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10267 struct address_space *aspace,
10269 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10271 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10272 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10275 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10276 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10279 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10280 ranged breakpoints. */
10283 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10285 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10288 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10289 ranged breakpoints. */
10291 static enum print_stop_action
10292 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10294 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10295 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10296 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10298 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10300 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10301 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10303 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10304 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10305 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10307 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10310 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10311 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10312 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10314 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10315 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10317 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10320 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10321 ranged breakpoints. */
10324 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10325 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10327 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10328 struct value_print_options opts;
10329 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10331 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10332 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10334 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10336 if (opts.addressprint)
10337 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10338 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10339 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10340 annotate_field (5);
10341 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10345 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10346 ranged breakpoints. */
10349 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10350 struct ui_out *uiout)
10352 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10353 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10354 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10355 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10359 address_start = bl->address;
10360 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10363 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10364 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10365 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10366 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10369 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10372 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10373 ranged breakpoints. */
10376 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10378 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10379 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10382 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10384 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10387 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10388 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10389 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10392 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10393 ranged breakpoints. */
10396 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10399 b->addr_string_range_end);
10400 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10403 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10405 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10407 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10408 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10409 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10410 last instruction of the given line. */
10413 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10417 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10418 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10419 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10426 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10428 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10430 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10437 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10440 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10442 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10443 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10444 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10446 struct breakpoint *b;
10447 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10448 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10449 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10451 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10452 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10453 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10455 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10456 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10457 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10459 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10460 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10462 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10463 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10464 error(_("No address range specified."));
10466 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10469 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10471 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10474 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10475 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10476 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10478 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10480 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10481 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10482 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10484 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10485 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10486 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10488 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10489 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10491 /* Parse the end location. */
10493 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10496 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10497 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10498 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10499 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10500 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10501 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10502 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10503 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10505 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10507 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10508 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10510 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10511 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10512 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10513 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10515 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10516 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10517 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10519 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10520 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10521 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10523 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10525 /* Length overflowed. */
10526 error (_("Address range too large."));
10527 else if (length == 1)
10529 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10530 the `hbreak' command. */
10531 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10533 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10538 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10539 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10540 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10541 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10542 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10543 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10544 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10545 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10546 b->loc->length = length;
10548 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10551 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10552 update_global_location_list (1);
10555 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10556 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10557 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10561 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10563 int i = exp->nelts;
10569 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10570 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10573 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10583 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10584 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10585 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10586 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10587 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10589 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10618 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10621 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10622 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10627 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10628 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10629 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10630 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10631 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10632 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10633 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10635 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10636 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10641 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10643 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10644 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10645 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10646 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10648 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10649 are always constant. */
10651 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10653 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10654 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10655 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10660 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10661 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10662 then it is not a constant. */
10671 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10674 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10678 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10680 xfree (w->exp_string);
10681 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10682 value_free (w->val);
10684 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10687 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10690 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10694 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10695 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10697 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10698 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10699 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10700 are loaded and unloaded.
10702 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10703 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10704 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10705 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10706 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10707 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10709 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10710 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10711 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10712 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10714 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10715 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10717 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10718 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10719 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10722 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10725 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10728 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10730 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10734 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10737 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10739 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10740 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10742 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10747 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10748 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10749 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10751 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10752 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10754 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10755 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10756 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10757 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10758 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10759 (did not match the data address). */
10760 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10761 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10768 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10770 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10772 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10775 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10776 hardware watchpoints. */
10779 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10781 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10782 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10784 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10787 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10788 hardware watchpoints. */
10791 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10793 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10794 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10797 static enum print_stop_action
10798 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10800 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10801 struct breakpoint *b;
10802 struct ui_file *stb;
10803 enum print_stop_action result;
10804 struct watchpoint *w;
10805 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10807 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10809 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10810 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10812 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10813 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10817 case bp_watchpoint:
10818 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10819 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10820 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10821 ui_out_field_string
10823 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10825 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10826 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10827 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10828 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10829 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10830 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10831 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10833 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10834 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10837 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10838 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10839 ui_out_field_string
10841 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10843 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10844 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10845 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10846 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10847 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10848 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10851 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10852 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10854 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10855 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10856 ui_out_field_string
10858 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10860 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10862 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10863 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10864 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10869 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10870 ui_out_field_string
10872 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10873 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10876 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10877 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10878 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10879 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10882 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10885 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10889 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10893 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10895 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10897 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10901 case bp_watchpoint:
10902 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10903 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10905 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10906 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10907 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10909 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10910 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10911 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10913 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10914 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10915 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10918 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10919 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10922 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10923 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10924 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10925 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10928 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10934 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10938 case bp_watchpoint:
10939 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10940 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10942 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10945 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10949 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10950 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10954 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10957 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10961 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10963 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10964 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10965 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10971 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10973 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10975 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10976 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10979 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10981 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10983 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10984 bl->watchpoint_type);
10987 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10988 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10991 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10993 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10995 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10996 bl->watchpoint_type);
10999 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11000 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11003 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11005 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11007 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11010 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11011 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11014 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11019 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11020 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11022 static enum print_stop_action
11023 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11025 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11026 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11028 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11029 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11034 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11035 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11036 ui_out_field_string
11038 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11041 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11042 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11043 ui_out_field_string
11045 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11048 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11050 ui_out_field_string
11052 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11055 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11056 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11060 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11061 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11062 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11063 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11065 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11066 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11069 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11070 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11073 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11074 struct ui_out *uiout)
11076 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11078 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11079 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11082 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11086 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11087 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11090 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11092 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11093 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11094 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11099 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11100 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11102 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11103 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11104 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11106 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11107 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11108 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11111 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11112 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11115 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11116 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11117 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11118 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11121 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11122 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11125 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11127 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11132 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11135 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11138 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11139 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11142 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11143 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11146 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11148 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11151 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11153 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11155 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11158 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11160 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11163 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11164 hw_read: watch read,
11165 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11167 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11168 int just_location, int internal)
11170 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11171 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11172 struct expression *exp;
11173 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11174 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11175 struct frame_info *frame;
11176 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11177 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11178 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11180 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11181 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11182 enum bptype bp_type;
11185 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11186 the hardware watchpoint. */
11188 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11189 struct watchpoint *w;
11191 struct cleanup *back_to;
11193 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11194 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11196 const char *value_start;
11198 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11200 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11201 of the arguments string. */
11202 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11204 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11205 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11208 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11209 This is the value of the parameter. */
11210 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11212 value_start = tok + 1;
11214 /* Skip whitespace. */
11215 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11220 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11221 This is the parameter itself. */
11222 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11225 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11227 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11229 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11230 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11231 only in a specific thread. */
11235 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11237 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11238 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11240 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11242 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11243 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11245 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11246 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11247 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11249 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11251 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11252 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11254 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11257 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11259 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11261 mark = value_mark ();
11262 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11263 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11264 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11267 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11270 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11271 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11278 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11279 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11281 innermost_block = NULL;
11282 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11283 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11284 exp_start = arg = expression;
11285 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11287 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11288 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11290 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11293 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11294 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11298 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11299 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11301 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11304 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11305 mark = value_mark ();
11306 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11312 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11313 val = value_addr (result);
11314 release_value (val);
11315 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11319 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11322 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11323 else if (ret == -2)
11324 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11327 else if (val != NULL)
11328 release_value (val);
11330 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11331 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11333 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11334 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11336 struct expression *cond;
11338 innermost_block = NULL;
11339 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11340 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11342 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11343 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11344 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11350 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11352 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11354 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11355 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11356 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11357 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11358 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11360 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11363 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11364 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11365 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11366 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11368 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11370 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11371 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11373 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11374 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11376 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11377 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11378 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11379 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11380 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11381 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11382 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11383 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11384 scope_breakpoint->type);
11388 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11389 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11390 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11391 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11393 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11394 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11395 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11396 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11398 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11400 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11403 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11404 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11406 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11407 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11408 b->thread = thread;
11409 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11410 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11412 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11413 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11416 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11417 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11420 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11421 name = type_to_string (t);
11423 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11424 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11427 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11428 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11430 /* The above expression is in C. */
11431 b->language = language_c;
11434 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11438 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11447 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11449 b->cond_string = 0;
11453 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11454 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11458 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11459 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11462 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11464 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11465 need to act on them together. */
11466 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11467 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11470 if (!just_location)
11471 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11473 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11475 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11476 that should be inserted. */
11477 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11481 delete_breakpoint (b);
11482 throw_exception (e);
11485 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11486 do_cleanups (back_to);
11489 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11490 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11493 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11495 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11496 struct value *head = v;
11498 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11499 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11502 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11503 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11504 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11505 hardware watchpoint.
11507 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11508 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11509 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11510 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11511 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11512 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11513 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11514 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11515 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11517 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11518 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11519 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11520 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11521 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11523 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11525 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11526 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11527 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11528 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11529 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11530 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11534 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11535 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11536 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11538 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11539 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11540 middle of some value chain. */
11542 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11543 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11545 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11549 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11550 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11551 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11553 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11557 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11561 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11562 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11563 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11564 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11565 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11568 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11569 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11570 return found_memory_cnt;
11574 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11576 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11579 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11580 calls watch_command_1. */
11583 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11585 int just_location = 0;
11588 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11589 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11591 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11595 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11599 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11601 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11605 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11607 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11611 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11613 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11617 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11619 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11623 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11625 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11629 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11630 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11632 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11634 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11635 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11639 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11640 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11641 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11644 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11646 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11648 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11649 if (a->breakpoint2)
11650 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11651 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11655 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11657 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11658 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11659 struct frame_info *frame;
11660 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11661 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11662 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11663 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11664 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11667 struct thread_info *tp;
11669 clear_proceed_status ();
11671 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11674 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11675 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11676 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11677 get_last_displayed_line ());
11679 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11680 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11682 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11683 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11685 sal = sals.sals[0];
11686 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11689 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11691 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11693 tp = inferior_thread ();
11696 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11698 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11699 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11700 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11703 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11704 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11705 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11706 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11708 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11711 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11713 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11715 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11716 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11717 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11721 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11723 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11724 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11727 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11731 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11732 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11733 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11734 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11736 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11737 only at the very same frame. */
11738 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11739 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11740 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11742 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11744 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11745 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11746 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11747 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11749 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11751 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11752 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11754 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11755 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11756 args->thread_num = thread;
11758 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11759 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11760 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11764 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11767 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11768 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11770 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11771 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11772 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11773 if clause in the arg string. */
11776 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11780 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11783 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11786 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11787 condition string. */
11788 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11789 cond_string = *arg;
11791 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11793 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11795 return cond_string;
11798 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11799 process start/exit, etc. */
11803 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11804 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11809 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11810 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11812 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11813 char *cond_string = NULL;
11814 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11817 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11818 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11819 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11823 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11825 /* The allowed syntax is:
11827 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11829 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11830 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11832 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11833 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11835 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11836 and enable reporting of such events. */
11839 case catch_fork_temporary:
11840 case catch_fork_permanent:
11841 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11842 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11844 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11845 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11846 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11847 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11850 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11856 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11857 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11859 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11860 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11862 char *cond_string = NULL;
11864 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11868 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11870 /* The allowed syntax is:
11872 catch exec if <cond>
11874 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11875 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11877 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11878 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11880 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11881 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11882 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11883 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11885 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11889 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11890 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11891 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11893 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11900 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11902 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11904 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11905 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11906 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11907 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11908 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11909 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11910 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11911 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11912 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11913 enough for now, though. */
11916 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11918 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11919 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11920 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11921 b->language = language_ada;
11924 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11925 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11927 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11929 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11930 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11932 while (*arg != '\0')
11934 int i, syscall_number;
11936 char cur_name[128];
11939 /* Skip whitespace. */
11940 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11942 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11943 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11944 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11947 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11948 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11949 if (*endptr == '\0')
11950 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11953 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11955 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11957 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11958 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11959 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11960 syscall number to be caught. */
11961 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11964 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11965 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11968 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11972 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11975 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11976 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11981 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11983 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11984 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11985 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11986 this architecture yet."));
11988 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11990 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11992 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11993 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11994 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11995 for his/her architecture. */
11996 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11998 /* The allowed syntax is:
12000 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12002 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12005 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12009 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12010 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12014 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12016 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12021 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12023 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12026 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12029 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12031 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12032 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12033 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12034 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12036 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12038 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12041 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12045 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12048 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12051 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12053 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12054 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12057 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12058 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12060 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12064 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12065 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12066 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12067 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12072 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12073 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12074 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12075 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12077 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12078 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12079 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12080 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12081 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12082 error (_("No source file specified."));
12084 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12090 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12091 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12092 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12093 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12095 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12096 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12097 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12098 due to optimization, all in one block.
12100 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12101 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12102 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12103 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12104 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12105 to support that. */
12107 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12108 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12109 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12113 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12114 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12116 const char *sal_fullname;
12118 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12119 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12120 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12123 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12128 1 0 <can't happen> */
12130 sal = sals.sals[i];
12131 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12132 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12134 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12138 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12139 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12141 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12142 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12144 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12145 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12146 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12148 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12149 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12150 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12151 || loc->section == sal.section));
12152 int line_match = 0;
12154 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12155 && loc->symtab != NULL
12156 && sal_fullname != NULL
12157 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12158 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12159 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12160 sal_fullname) == 0)
12163 if (pc_match || line_match)
12172 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12176 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12177 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12180 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12182 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12185 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12186 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12187 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12188 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12189 compare_breakpoints);
12190 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12191 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12195 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12200 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12201 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12204 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12205 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12207 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12210 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12213 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12214 delete_breakpoint (b);
12217 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12219 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12222 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12223 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12224 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12227 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12231 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12232 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12233 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12235 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12239 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12240 delete_breakpoint (b);
12244 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12245 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12246 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12247 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12248 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12249 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12252 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12254 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12255 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12256 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12257 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12258 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12260 if (a->address != b->address)
12261 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12263 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12264 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12267 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12268 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12269 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12271 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12272 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12273 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12275 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12276 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12277 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12279 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12280 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12281 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12283 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12286 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12287 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12288 content of the bp_location array. */
12291 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12293 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12295 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12296 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12298 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12300 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12302 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12305 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12306 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12308 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12309 addr = bl->address - start;
12310 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12311 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12313 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12315 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12316 addr = end - bl->address;
12317 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12318 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12322 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12325 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12327 struct breakpoint *b;
12328 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12330 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12333 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12337 struct bp_location *bl;
12338 struct tracepoint *t;
12339 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12341 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12342 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12343 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12346 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12348 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12349 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12350 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12351 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12354 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12356 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12359 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12361 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12362 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12363 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12364 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12367 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12370 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12373 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12375 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12376 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12377 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12378 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12380 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12381 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12382 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12383 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12384 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12386 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12387 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12388 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12389 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12390 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12391 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12392 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12393 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12396 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12397 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12398 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12402 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12404 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12405 struct bp_location *loc;
12406 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12409 address = bl->address;
12410 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12412 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12413 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12414 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12416 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12417 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12420 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12421 the same program space as the location
12422 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12423 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12424 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12428 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12429 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12432 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12433 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12434 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12435 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12436 that have already been marked. */
12437 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12439 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12441 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12443 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12444 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12449 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12450 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12451 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12452 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12453 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12454 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12455 returns true on them.
12457 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12458 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12459 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12460 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12461 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12462 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12465 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12467 struct breakpoint *b;
12468 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12469 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12470 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12471 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12472 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12473 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12475 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12476 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12477 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12478 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12479 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12481 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12482 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12483 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12484 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12486 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12487 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12488 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12489 unsigned old_location_count;
12491 old_location = bp_location;
12492 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12493 bp_location = NULL;
12494 bp_location_count = 0;
12495 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12498 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12499 bp_location_count++;
12501 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12502 locp = bp_location;
12503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12504 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12506 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12507 bp_location_compare);
12509 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12511 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12512 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12513 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12514 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12515 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12518 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12519 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12521 locp = bp_location;
12522 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12525 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12526 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12528 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12529 not, we have to free it. */
12530 int found_object = 0;
12531 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12532 int keep_in_target = 0;
12535 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12536 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12537 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12538 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12542 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12543 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12546 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12547 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12548 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12550 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12551 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12552 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12554 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12555 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12558 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12562 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12563 have to go through updates again. */
12564 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12566 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12568 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12570 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12571 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12572 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12573 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12574 at certain location is not inserted. */
12576 if (old_loc->inserted)
12578 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12581 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12583 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12584 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12585 keep_in_target = 1;
12589 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12590 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12591 remove its target-side condition. */
12593 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12594 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12595 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12596 this one from the target. */
12598 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12599 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12602 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12603 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12606 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12608 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12610 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12611 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12612 supported, but the latter are. */
12613 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12615 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12616 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12619 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12620 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12622 if (loc2 != old_loc
12623 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12625 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12626 keep_in_target = 1;
12634 if (!keep_in_target)
12636 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12638 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12639 this location on the global list, and try to
12640 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12641 reason why we will succeed next time.
12643 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12644 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12645 only after calling us. */
12646 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12647 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12648 old_loc->owner->number);
12656 if (removed && non_stop
12657 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12658 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12660 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12661 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12662 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12663 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12664 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12665 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12666 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12667 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12668 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12669 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12670 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12671 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12672 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12673 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12676 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12677 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12679 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12680 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12681 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12682 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12683 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12684 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12685 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12686 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12687 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12688 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12689 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12690 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12691 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12694 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12695 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12696 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12697 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12699 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12700 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12701 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12702 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12703 traps we can no longer explain. */
12705 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12706 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12708 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12712 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12713 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12718 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12719 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12720 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12721 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12722 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12723 are sorted first for the same address.
12725 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12726 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12728 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12729 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12730 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12731 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12734 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12736 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12739 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12740 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12741 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12742 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12743 `struct bp_location'. */
12744 || is_tracepoint (b))
12746 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12747 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12751 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12752 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12753 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12754 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12755 "actually inserted"));
12757 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12758 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12759 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12760 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12761 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12762 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12764 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12766 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12767 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12768 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12770 *loc_first_p = loc;
12771 loc->duplicate = 0;
12773 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12775 loc->needs_update = 1;
12776 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12777 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12783 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12784 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12785 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12787 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12788 loc->duplicate = 1;
12790 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12791 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12793 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12794 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12796 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12797 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12800 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12801 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12802 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12805 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12808 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12809 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12810 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12812 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12817 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12819 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12823 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12825 struct bp_location *loc;
12828 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12829 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12831 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12832 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12838 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12840 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12842 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12843 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12846 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12849 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12853 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12854 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12856 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12857 bs->old_val = NULL;
12858 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12862 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12864 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12866 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12868 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12872 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12876 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12878 struct value_print_options opts;
12880 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12882 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12884 if (b->loc == NULL)
12886 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12890 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12892 printf_filtered (" at ");
12893 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12896 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12898 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12900 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12901 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12902 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12903 b->loc->line_number);
12905 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12906 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12907 real situation somewhat. */
12908 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12913 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12915 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12917 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12922 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12925 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12927 xfree (self->cond);
12928 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12929 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12930 xfree (self->function_name);
12932 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12933 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12936 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12941 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12945 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12947 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12948 xfree (self->cond_string);
12949 xfree (self->extra_string);
12950 xfree (self->addr_string);
12951 xfree (self->filter);
12952 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12955 static struct bp_location *
12956 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12958 struct bp_location *loc;
12960 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12961 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12966 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12968 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12971 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12972 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12975 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12977 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12981 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12983 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12987 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12988 struct address_space *aspace,
12990 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12992 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12996 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13001 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13005 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13007 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13010 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13014 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13016 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13019 static enum print_stop_action
13020 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13022 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13026 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13027 struct ui_out *uiout)
13033 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13035 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13039 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13041 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13045 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13046 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13047 enum bptype type_wanted,
13051 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13055 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13056 struct linespec_result *c,
13058 char *extra_string,
13059 enum bptype type_wanted,
13060 enum bpdisp disposition,
13062 int task, int ignore_count,
13063 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13064 int from_tty, int enabled,
13065 int internal, unsigned flags)
13067 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13071 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13072 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13074 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13077 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13080 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13085 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13088 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13090 /* Nothing to do. */
13093 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13095 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13096 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13097 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13098 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13099 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13100 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13101 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13102 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13103 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13104 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13106 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13107 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13108 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13109 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13110 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13111 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13112 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13113 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13116 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13119 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13121 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13122 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13124 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13125 delete_breakpoint (b);
13129 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13132 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13133 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13137 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13138 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13140 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13141 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13142 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13146 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13148 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13149 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13153 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13157 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13158 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13159 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13160 bp_tgt->placed_address);
13163 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13165 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13169 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13174 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13176 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13177 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13180 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13181 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13182 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
13184 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13185 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13186 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13187 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13190 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13195 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13196 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13197 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13199 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13200 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13203 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13207 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13208 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13209 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13216 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13217 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13218 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13220 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13221 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13223 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13224 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13225 be set at the same address. */
13229 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13233 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13235 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13240 static enum print_stop_action
13241 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13243 struct breakpoint *b;
13244 const struct bp_location *bl;
13246 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13248 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13250 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13251 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13253 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13254 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13255 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13258 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13263 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13265 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13266 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13267 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13269 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13270 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13272 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13276 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13283 case bp_breakpoint:
13284 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13285 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13286 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13288 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13289 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13290 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13291 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13293 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13294 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13297 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13305 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13307 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13309 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13311 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13312 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13314 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13317 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13318 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13320 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13321 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13325 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13326 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13327 enum bptype type_wanted,
13328 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13330 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13331 addr_start, copy_arg);
13335 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13336 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13338 char *extra_string,
13339 enum bptype type_wanted,
13340 enum bpdisp disposition,
13342 int task, int ignore_count,
13343 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13344 int from_tty, int enabled,
13345 int internal, unsigned flags)
13347 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13348 cond_string, extra_string,
13350 disposition, thread, task,
13351 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13352 enabled, internal, flags);
13356 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13357 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13359 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13362 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13365 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13369 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13370 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13371 case bp_overlay_event:
13372 case bp_longjmp_master:
13373 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13374 case bp_exception_master:
13375 delete_breakpoint (b);
13378 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13379 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13380 case bp_shlib_event:
13382 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13383 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13384 case bp_thread_event:
13390 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13392 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13394 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13395 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13396 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13397 objects (among other things). */
13398 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13399 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13405 static enum print_stop_action
13406 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13408 struct breakpoint *b;
13410 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13414 case bp_shlib_event:
13415 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13416 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13417 to shlib event" message.) */
13418 print_solib_event (0);
13421 case bp_thread_event:
13422 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13423 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13424 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13427 case bp_overlay_event:
13428 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13429 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13432 case bp_longjmp_master:
13433 /* These should never be enabled. */
13434 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13437 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13438 /* These should never be enabled. */
13439 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13440 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13443 case bp_exception_master:
13444 /* These should never be enabled. */
13445 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13446 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13450 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13454 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13456 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13459 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13462 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13464 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13465 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13466 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13467 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13471 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13473 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13476 static enum print_stop_action
13477 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13479 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13481 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13483 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13488 ui_out_field_string
13490 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13494 ui_out_field_string
13496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13501 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13505 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13507 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13510 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13512 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13513 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13516 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13518 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13521 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13523 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13526 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13529 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13531 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13535 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13537 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13546 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13548 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13549 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13553 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13557 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13558 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted,
13560 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13562 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13564 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13566 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13567 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13569 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13573 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13574 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13576 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13578 error (_("probe not found"));
13581 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13584 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13586 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13590 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13591 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13592 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13594 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13600 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13601 struct ui_out *uiout)
13603 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13604 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13606 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13608 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13609 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13610 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13611 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13616 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13618 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13623 case bp_tracepoint:
13624 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13625 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13627 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13628 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13629 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13631 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13632 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13633 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13636 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13637 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13644 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13646 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13648 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13650 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13652 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13653 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13655 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13656 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13659 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13661 if (tp->pass_count)
13662 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13666 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13667 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13668 enum bptype type_wanted,
13669 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13671 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13672 addr_start, copy_arg);
13676 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13677 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13679 char *extra_string,
13680 enum bptype type_wanted,
13681 enum bpdisp disposition,
13683 int task, int ignore_count,
13684 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13685 int from_tty, int enabled,
13686 int internal, unsigned flags)
13688 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13689 cond_string, extra_string,
13691 disposition, thread, task,
13692 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13693 enabled, internal, flags);
13697 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13698 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13700 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13703 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13705 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13709 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13710 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13711 enum bptype type_wanted,
13712 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13714 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13715 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13716 addr_start, copy_arg);
13720 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13721 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13723 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13724 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13727 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13729 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13732 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13734 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13736 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13737 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13738 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13739 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13741 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13742 error (_("Format string required"));
13744 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13745 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13746 3 - disconnect from target 1
13747 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13749 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13750 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13751 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13752 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13753 it all the time. */
13754 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13755 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13758 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13761 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13765 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13768 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13771 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13772 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13773 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13774 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13775 address are all handled. */
13778 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13780 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13781 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13782 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13784 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13785 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13786 condition not be evaluated. */
13789 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13790 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13791 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13792 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13793 commands here throws. */
13794 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13795 bs->commands = NULL;
13796 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13798 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13800 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13801 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13803 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13806 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13810 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13811 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13812 enum bptype type_wanted,
13813 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13815 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13817 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13819 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13821 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13822 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13823 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13827 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13828 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13830 char *extra_string,
13831 enum bptype type_wanted,
13832 enum bpdisp disposition,
13834 int task, int ignore_count,
13835 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13836 int from_tty, int enabled,
13837 int internal, unsigned flags)
13840 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13841 canonical->sals, 0);
13843 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13844 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13845 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13846 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13847 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13848 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13850 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13852 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13853 struct tracepoint *tp;
13854 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13857 expanded.nelts = 1;
13858 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13860 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13861 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13863 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13864 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13866 cond_string, extra_string,
13867 type_wanted, disposition,
13868 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13869 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13870 canonical->special_display);
13871 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13872 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13873 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13874 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13875 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13876 corresponds to this one */
13877 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13879 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13881 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13886 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13887 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13889 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13891 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13892 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13894 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13898 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13901 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13904 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13906 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13909 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13913 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13915 struct breakpoint *b;
13917 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13919 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13920 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13923 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13924 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13925 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13926 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13927 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13930 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13931 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13932 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13933 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13935 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13938 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13939 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13940 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13942 struct breakpoint *related;
13943 struct watchpoint *w;
13945 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13946 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13947 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13948 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13952 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13954 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13955 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13956 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13957 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13958 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13961 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13962 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13963 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13964 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13966 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13968 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13969 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13972 if (b->next == bpt)
13974 b->next = bpt->next;
13978 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13980 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13981 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13982 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13983 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13984 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13985 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13986 commands won't work. */
13988 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13990 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13991 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13992 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13993 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13994 might be better design to have location completely
13995 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13996 update_global_location_list (0);
13998 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13999 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14000 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14001 bpt->type = bp_none;
14006 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14008 delete_breakpoint (b);
14012 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14014 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14017 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14018 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14021 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14022 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14026 struct breakpoint *related;
14031 struct breakpoint *next;
14033 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14034 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14036 if (next == related)
14038 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14039 function (related, data);
14041 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14042 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14047 function (related, data);
14051 while (related != b);
14055 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14057 delete_breakpoint (b);
14060 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14061 delete_breakpoint. */
14064 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14066 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14070 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14072 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14078 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14080 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14081 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14082 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14084 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14086 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14090 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14092 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14095 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14096 delete_breakpoint (b);
14100 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14104 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14106 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14107 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14108 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14113 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14114 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14115 Null names are ignored. */
14118 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14120 struct bp_location *l;
14121 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14122 (int (*) (const void *,
14123 const void *)) streq,
14124 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14126 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14129 const char *name = l->function_name;
14131 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14135 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14137 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14141 htab_delete (htab);
14147 htab_delete (htab);
14151 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14152 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14153 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14154 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14155 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14156 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14157 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14158 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14161 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14162 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14163 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14164 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14165 in the sources, and output a warning.
14167 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14168 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14169 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14170 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14171 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14174 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14175 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14176 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14177 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14178 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14179 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14180 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14181 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14182 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14184 static struct symtab_and_line
14185 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14187 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14188 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14193 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14195 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14197 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14198 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14200 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14202 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14203 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14204 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14209 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14211 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14213 && sal.symtab != NULL
14214 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14216 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14219 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14221 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14223 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14224 struct symbol *sym;
14225 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14226 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14228 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14230 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14231 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14233 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14234 "found at previous line number"),
14235 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14239 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14241 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14242 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14243 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14247 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14248 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14251 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14252 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14254 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14256 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14261 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14264 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14265 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14267 xfree (b->addr_string);
14268 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14269 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14270 b->loc->line_number);
14272 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14275 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14281 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14282 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14285 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14289 if (a->address != b->address)
14292 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14295 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14302 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14308 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14309 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14310 a ranged breakpoint. */
14313 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14314 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14315 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14318 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14320 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14322 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14324 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14325 update_global_location_list (1);
14326 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14327 "multiple locations found\n"),
14332 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14333 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14334 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14335 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14336 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14337 individual locations. */
14338 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14343 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14345 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14347 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14349 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14351 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14353 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14356 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14358 s = b->cond_string;
14359 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14361 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14362 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14367 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14368 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14369 b->number, e.message);
14370 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14374 if (sals_end.nelts)
14376 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14378 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14382 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14383 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14384 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14386 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14389 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14390 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14391 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14392 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14393 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14394 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14395 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14397 for (; e; e = e->next)
14399 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14401 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14402 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14404 for (; l; l = l->next)
14405 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14413 for (; l; l = l->next)
14414 if (l->function_name
14415 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14425 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14426 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14428 update_global_location_list (1);
14431 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14432 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14434 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14435 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14438 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14439 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14441 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14444 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14446 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14450 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14451 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14452 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14453 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14454 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14455 state, then user already saw the message about that
14456 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14458 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14459 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14460 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14461 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14462 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14463 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14465 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14467 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14468 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14469 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14470 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14471 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14472 which approach is better. */
14473 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14474 throw_exception (e);
14478 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14482 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14483 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14484 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14486 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14489 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14490 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14493 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14494 b->thread = thread;
14497 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14498 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14501 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14502 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14512 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14513 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14517 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14520 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14521 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14522 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14524 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14527 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14531 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14533 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14536 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14537 expanded_end = sals_end;
14541 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14544 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14545 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14548 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14549 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14550 enum bptype type_wanted,
14551 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14553 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14556 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14557 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14561 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14562 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14564 char *extra_string,
14565 enum bptype type_wanted,
14566 enum bpdisp disposition,
14568 int task, int ignore_count,
14569 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14570 int from_tty, int enabled,
14571 int internal, unsigned flags)
14573 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14575 type_wanted, disposition,
14576 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14577 enabled, internal, flags);
14580 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14581 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14584 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14585 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14587 struct linespec_result canonical;
14589 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14590 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14591 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14592 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14595 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14596 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14598 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14600 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14602 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14603 *sals = lsal->sals;
14604 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14606 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14609 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14612 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14614 static struct cleanup *
14615 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14617 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14619 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14620 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14621 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14622 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14623 set_language (b->language);
14628 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14629 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14630 Unused in this case. */
14633 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14635 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14636 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14637 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14639 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14640 b->ops->re_set (b);
14641 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14645 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14647 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14649 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14650 enum language save_language;
14651 int save_input_radix;
14652 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14654 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14655 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14656 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14660 /* Format possible error msg. */
14661 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14663 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14664 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14665 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14667 set_language (save_language);
14668 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14670 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14672 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14674 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14675 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14676 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14677 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14680 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14682 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14683 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14685 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14687 if (b->thread != -1)
14689 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14690 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14692 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14693 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14694 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14696 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14700 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14701 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14702 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14705 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14707 struct breakpoint *b;
14712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14713 if (b->number == bptnum)
14715 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14717 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14718 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14723 b->ignore_count = count;
14727 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14728 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14730 else if (count == 1)
14731 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14734 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14735 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14738 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14742 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14745 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14748 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14754 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14756 num = get_number (&p);
14758 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14760 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14762 set_ignore_count (num,
14763 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14766 printf_filtered ("\n");
14769 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14770 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14773 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14778 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14780 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14783 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14785 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14787 while (!state.finished)
14789 char *p = state.string;
14793 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14796 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14801 if (b->number == num)
14804 function (b, data);
14808 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14813 static struct bp_location *
14814 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14816 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14820 struct breakpoint *b;
14821 struct bp_location *loc;
14826 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14828 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14831 if (b->number == bp_num)
14836 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14837 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14840 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14842 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14846 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14849 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14855 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14856 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14857 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14860 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14862 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14863 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14864 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14865 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14868 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14869 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14872 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14874 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14875 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14877 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14878 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14880 struct bp_location *location;
14882 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14883 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14886 update_global_location_list (0);
14888 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14891 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14894 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14896 disable_breakpoint (b);
14899 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14900 disable_breakpoint. */
14903 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14905 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14909 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14913 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14916 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14917 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14921 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14925 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14927 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14934 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14936 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14937 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14938 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14939 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14941 update_global_location_list (0);
14944 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14945 num = extract_arg (&args);
14951 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14954 int target_resources_ok;
14956 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14959 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14960 target_resources_ok =
14961 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14963 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14964 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14965 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14966 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14969 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14971 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14972 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14973 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14975 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14977 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14979 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14980 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14981 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14985 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14986 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14992 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14993 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14995 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14997 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14998 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15000 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15001 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15003 struct bp_location *location;
15005 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15006 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15009 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15010 bpt->enable_count = count;
15011 update_global_location_list (1);
15013 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15018 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15020 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15024 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15026 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15029 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15030 enable_breakpoint. */
15033 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15035 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15038 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15039 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15040 in stopping the inferior. */
15043 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15047 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15050 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15051 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15055 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15059 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15061 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15068 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15070 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15071 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15072 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15073 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15075 update_global_location_list (1);
15078 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15079 num = extract_arg (&args);
15084 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15094 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15096 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15098 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15102 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15104 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15106 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15110 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15112 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15116 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15118 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15120 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15124 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15126 int count = get_number (&args);
15128 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15132 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15134 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15136 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15140 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15142 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15146 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15151 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15155 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15156 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15160 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15161 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15162 const bfd_byte *data)
15164 struct breakpoint *bp;
15166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15167 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15168 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15170 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15172 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15174 struct bp_location *loc;
15176 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15177 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15178 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15179 && addr + len > loc->address)
15181 value_free (wp->val);
15189 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15190 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15191 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15192 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15196 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15197 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15199 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15200 struct bp_location *bl;
15202 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15204 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15205 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15207 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15208 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15209 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15210 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15211 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15212 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15213 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15215 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15217 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15218 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15220 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15224 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15226 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15234 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15235 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15238 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15240 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15241 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15242 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
15243 struct bp_location *bl;
15246 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15248 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15249 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15250 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15252 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15253 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15254 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15256 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15257 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15258 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15259 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15260 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15270 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15273 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15274 struct address_space *aspace,
15279 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15281 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15282 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15286 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15287 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15288 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15291 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15292 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15293 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15294 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15295 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15296 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15298 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15299 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15300 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15301 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15304 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15305 were inserted or not. */
15308 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15310 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15311 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15314 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15317 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15319 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15321 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15323 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15324 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15325 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15326 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15328 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15330 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15331 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15332 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15333 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15337 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15338 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15339 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15343 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15347 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15348 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15350 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15351 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15352 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15356 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15360 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15364 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15365 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15366 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15367 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15370 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15371 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15374 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15379 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15381 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15383 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15384 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15392 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15396 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15399 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15402 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15403 non-zero otherwise. */
15405 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15407 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15408 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15409 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15416 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15418 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15419 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15421 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15425 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15427 struct breakpoint *bp;
15429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15430 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15432 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15434 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15438 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15440 if (syscall_number == iter)
15450 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15451 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15452 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15453 const char *text, const char *word)
15455 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15456 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15457 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15463 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15465 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15467 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15469 tracepoint_count = num;
15470 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15474 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15476 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15477 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15479 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15480 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15482 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15484 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15486 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15488 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15489 0 /* Ignore count */,
15490 pending_break_support,
15494 0 /* internal */, 0);
15498 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15500 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15502 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15504 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15505 0 /* Ignore count */,
15506 pending_break_support,
15507 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15510 0 /* internal */, 0);
15513 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15516 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15518 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15520 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15521 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15522 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15523 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15525 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15527 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15529 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15531 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15532 0 /* Ignore count */,
15533 pending_break_support,
15537 0 /* internal */, 0);
15540 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15541 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15543 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15544 static int next_cmd;
15547 read_uploaded_action (void)
15551 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15558 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15559 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15560 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15561 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15562 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15564 struct tracepoint *
15565 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15567 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15568 struct tracepoint *tp;
15570 if (utp->at_string)
15571 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15574 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15575 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15576 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15578 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15579 "source location, using raw address"),
15581 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15582 addr_str = small_buf;
15585 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15586 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15587 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15588 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15591 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15593 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15594 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15596 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15597 0 /* Ignore count */,
15598 pending_break_support,
15599 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15601 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15603 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15606 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15607 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15608 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15612 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15615 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15618 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15619 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15620 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15622 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15624 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15629 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15631 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15633 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15634 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15635 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15636 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15639 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15640 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15641 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15646 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15650 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15652 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15655 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15657 if (num_printed == 0)
15659 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15660 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15662 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15665 default_collect_info ();
15668 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15669 Not supported by all targets. */
15671 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15673 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15676 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15677 Not supported by all targets. */
15679 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15681 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15684 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15686 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15688 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15694 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15696 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15697 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15698 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15700 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15701 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15703 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15707 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15709 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15712 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15713 delete_breakpoint (b);
15717 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15720 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15723 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15725 tp->pass_count = count;
15726 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15728 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15729 tp->base.number, count);
15732 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15734 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15735 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15736 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15739 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15741 struct tracepoint *t1;
15742 unsigned int count;
15744 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15745 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15746 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15748 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15750 args = skip_spaces (args);
15751 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15753 struct breakpoint *b;
15755 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15757 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15759 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15761 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15762 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15765 else if (*args == '\0')
15767 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15769 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15773 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15775 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15776 while (!state.finished)
15778 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15780 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15785 struct tracepoint *
15786 get_tracepoint (int num)
15788 struct breakpoint *t;
15790 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15791 if (t->number == num)
15792 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15797 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15798 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15801 struct tracepoint *
15802 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15804 struct breakpoint *b;
15806 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15808 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15810 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15817 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15818 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15819 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15820 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15822 struct tracepoint *
15823 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15824 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15826 struct breakpoint *t;
15828 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15832 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15833 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15835 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15836 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15838 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15842 if (instring && *instring)
15843 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15846 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15850 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15851 if (t->number == tpnum)
15853 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15856 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15861 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15863 if (b->thread != -1)
15864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15872 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15873 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15874 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15878 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15879 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15881 struct breakpoint *tp;
15883 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15884 struct ui_file *fp;
15885 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15887 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15888 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15890 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15893 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15894 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15897 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15898 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15903 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15905 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15907 /* We can stop searching. */
15914 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15918 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15919 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15920 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15922 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15923 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15924 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15926 if (extra_trace_bits)
15927 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15931 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15932 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15935 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15936 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15939 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15941 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15942 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15945 if (tp->cond_string)
15946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15948 if (tp->ignore_count)
15949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15951 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15953 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15955 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15957 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15958 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15960 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15962 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15965 throw_exception (ex);
15967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15970 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15973 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15974 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15975 special, and not user visible. */
15976 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15978 struct bp_location *loc;
15981 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15987 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15991 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15992 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15995 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15998 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16000 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16003 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16006 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16008 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16011 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16013 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16014 all_tracepoints (void)
16016 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16017 struct breakpoint *tp;
16019 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16021 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16028 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16029 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16030 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16032 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16033 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16034 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16035 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16036 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16037 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16038 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16039 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16040 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16041 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16042 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16044 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16045 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16047 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16048 conditions are different.\n\
16050 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16052 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16053 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16055 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16056 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16059 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16060 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
16061 struct cmd_list_element *command),
16062 completer_ftype *completer,
16063 void *user_data_catch,
16064 void *user_data_tcatch)
16066 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16068 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16070 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16071 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16072 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16074 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16076 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16077 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16078 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16082 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16084 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16085 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16087 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16088 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16089 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16093 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16095 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16096 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16097 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16100 struct breakpoint *
16101 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16104 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16108 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16115 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16116 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16119 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16121 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16122 non-inline function. */
16123 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16129 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16130 have been inlined. */
16133 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16134 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16136 struct breakpoint *b;
16137 struct bp_location *bl;
16139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16141 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16144 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16146 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16147 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16155 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16158 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16160 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16162 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16163 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16164 loc->symtab = NULL;
16168 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16170 static int initialized = 0;
16172 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16178 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16179 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16180 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16181 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16182 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16183 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16184 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16185 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16186 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16187 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16188 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16189 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16191 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16192 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16193 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16194 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16195 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16196 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16197 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16198 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16200 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16201 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16202 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16203 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16204 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16205 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16206 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16207 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16208 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16209 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16211 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16212 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16213 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16214 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16215 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16216 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16217 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16219 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16220 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16221 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16222 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16223 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16224 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16225 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16227 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16228 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16229 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16230 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16232 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16233 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16234 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16235 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16236 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16237 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16238 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16241 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16242 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16243 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16244 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16245 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16246 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16247 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16248 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16249 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16250 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16251 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16252 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16253 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16254 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16256 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16257 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16258 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16259 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16260 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16261 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16262 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16263 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16264 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16265 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16266 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16269 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16270 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16271 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16272 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16273 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16274 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16275 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16276 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16277 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16278 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16280 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16281 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16282 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16283 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16284 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16286 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16287 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16288 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16289 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16290 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16291 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16293 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16294 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16295 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16296 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16297 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16298 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16299 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16300 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16301 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16302 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16304 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16305 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16306 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16307 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16308 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16309 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16310 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16311 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16312 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16313 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16315 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16316 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16317 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16318 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16319 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16320 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16321 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16322 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16323 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16324 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16325 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16327 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16328 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16329 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16330 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16331 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16332 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16333 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16334 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16335 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16336 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16337 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16339 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16340 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16341 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16342 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16343 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16344 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16345 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16346 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16347 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16348 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16349 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16350 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16352 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16353 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16354 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16355 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16356 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16357 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16358 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16359 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16360 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16363 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16365 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16368 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16370 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16372 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16374 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16375 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16376 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16377 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16379 breakpoint_objfile_key
16380 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16382 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16383 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16384 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16386 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16387 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16388 before a breakpoint is set. */
16389 breakpoint_count = 0;
16391 tracepoint_count = 0;
16393 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16394 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16395 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16397 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16399 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16400 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16401 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16402 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16403 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16404 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16405 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16406 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16408 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16409 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16410 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16411 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16414 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16415 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16416 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16417 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16418 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16420 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16421 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16423 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16424 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16425 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16426 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16428 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16429 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16431 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16432 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16433 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16434 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16436 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16437 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16439 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16440 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16441 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16442 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16443 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16444 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16445 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16447 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16448 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16449 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16450 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16451 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16452 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16454 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16456 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16457 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16458 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16459 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16460 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16461 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16463 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16464 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16465 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16468 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16469 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16470 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16473 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16474 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16475 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16476 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16479 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16480 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16481 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16484 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16485 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16486 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16489 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16490 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16491 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16492 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16495 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16496 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16497 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16498 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16499 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16500 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16501 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16502 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16504 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16505 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16506 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16507 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16508 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16510 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16511 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16512 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16513 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16514 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16515 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16518 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16519 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16520 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16521 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16523 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16524 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16525 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16526 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16527 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16529 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16530 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16531 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16532 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16534 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16535 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16536 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16537 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16538 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16541 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16542 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16543 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16544 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16545 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16546 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16548 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16549 is executing in.\n\
16551 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16552 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16554 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16555 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16556 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16557 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16559 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16560 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16561 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16562 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16565 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16569 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16570 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16571 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16572 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16573 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16574 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16575 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16576 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16577 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16578 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16579 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16580 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16581 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16582 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16583 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16584 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16586 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16587 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16588 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16589 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16590 breakpoint set."));
16593 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16594 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16595 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16596 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16597 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16598 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16599 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16600 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16601 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16603 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16604 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16605 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16606 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16607 breakpoint set."));
16609 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16612 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16613 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16614 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16615 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16616 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16617 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16618 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16619 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16620 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16622 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16623 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16624 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16625 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16626 breakpoint set."));
16628 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16629 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16630 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16631 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16632 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16633 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16634 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16635 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16636 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16637 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16638 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16639 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16640 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16642 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16643 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16644 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16645 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16647 &maintenanceinfolist);
16649 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16650 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16651 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16652 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16654 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16655 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16656 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16657 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16659 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16660 catch_fork_command_1,
16662 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16663 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16664 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16665 catch_fork_command_1,
16667 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16668 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16669 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16670 catch_exec_command_1,
16674 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16675 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16676 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16677 catch_load_command_1,
16681 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16682 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16683 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16684 catch_unload_command_1,
16688 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16689 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16690 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16691 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16692 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16693 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16694 catch_syscall_command_1,
16695 catch_syscall_completer,
16699 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16700 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16701 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16702 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16703 an expression changes.\n\
16704 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16705 the memory to which it refers."));
16706 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16708 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16709 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16710 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16711 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16712 an expression is read.\n\
16713 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16714 the memory to which it refers."));
16715 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16717 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16718 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16719 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16720 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16721 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16722 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16723 the memory to which it refers."));
16724 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16726 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16727 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16729 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16730 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16731 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16732 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16733 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16734 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16735 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16736 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16737 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16740 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16741 &setlist, &showlist);
16743 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16745 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16747 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16748 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16750 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16751 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16752 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16754 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16755 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16756 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16757 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16759 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16760 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16762 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16763 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16764 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16766 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16767 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16769 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16770 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16771 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16772 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16773 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16774 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16775 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16776 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16777 the selected stack frame.\n\
16778 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16779 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16780 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16781 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16783 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16785 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16786 conditions are different.\n\
16788 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16789 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16790 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16792 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16793 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16794 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16795 last tracepoint set."));
16797 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16799 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16800 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16801 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16802 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16804 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16806 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16807 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16808 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16809 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16811 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16813 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16814 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16815 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16816 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16818 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16820 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16821 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16822 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16823 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16824 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16826 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16827 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16828 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16829 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16831 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16832 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16833 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16834 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16835 session to restore them."),
16837 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16839 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16840 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16841 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16843 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16845 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16846 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16848 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16849 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16850 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16851 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16852 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16853 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16854 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16855 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16856 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16857 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16858 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16859 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16861 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16862 &pending_break_support, _("\
16863 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16864 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16865 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16866 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16867 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16868 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16870 show_pending_break_support,
16871 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16872 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16874 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16876 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16877 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16878 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16879 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16880 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16881 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16882 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16884 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16885 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16886 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16888 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16889 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16890 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16891 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16892 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16893 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16894 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16895 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16896 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16897 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16898 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16899 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16901 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16902 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16903 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16905 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16906 condition_evaluation_enums,
16907 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16908 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16909 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16910 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16911 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16912 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16913 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16914 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16915 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16916 be set to \"gdb\""),
16917 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16918 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16919 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16920 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16922 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16923 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16924 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16925 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16926 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16927 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16928 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16929 or the start of the range\n\
16930 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16931 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16932 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16934 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16935 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16936 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16938 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16939 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16940 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16941 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16942 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16943 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16944 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16946 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16947 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16948 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16949 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16950 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16951 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16952 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16953 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16954 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16955 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16956 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16957 &setlist, &showlist);
16959 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16960 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16961 &dprintf_function, _("\
16962 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16963 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16964 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16965 &setlist, &showlist);
16967 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16968 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16969 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16970 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16971 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16972 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16973 &setlist, &showlist);
16975 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16976 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16977 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16978 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16979 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16980 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16983 &setlist, &showlist);
16985 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16986 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16987 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16989 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16991 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16992 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);